[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI223795B - System and method for controlling an optical disc drive - Google Patents

System and method for controlling an optical disc drive Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI223795B
TWI223795B TW91100910A TW91100910A TWI223795B TW I223795 B TWI223795 B TW I223795B TW 91100910 A TW91100910 A TW 91100910A TW 91100910 A TW91100910 A TW 91100910A TW I223795 B TWI223795 B TW I223795B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
item
scope
patent application
disc drive
optical disc
Prior art date
Application number
TW91100910A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Christopher J Turner
Ron J Kadlec
Charles R Watt
Hans B Wach
Original Assignee
Dataplay Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/951,947 external-priority patent/US6963524B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/951,337 external-priority patent/US6885620B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/951,329 external-priority patent/US6958963B2/en
Priority claimed from US09/951,469 external-priority patent/US7038988B2/en
Application filed by Dataplay Inc filed Critical Dataplay Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI223795B publication Critical patent/TWI223795B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)

Abstract

A system, method, and apparatus for coordinating tasks in a control system for an optical disc drive for optical media with a pitted premastered area that cannot be overwritten and a grooved user-writable area that can be overwritten. The optical disc drive includes a first processor operable to communicate with a second processor, wherein the first processor includes instructions for performing non-time-critical tasks, and the second processor includes instructions for performing time-critical tasks, such as reading from and writing to optical media in the disc drive. The first processor monitors the status of the time critical tasks in the second processor and transmits commands to perform operations in the second processor. The first processor also controls power mode, manages recovery from errors, controls focus, tracking/seeking, spin, physical sector address (PSA), a laser, adjusts gains, and monitor cartridge load/eject. The first processor sequences and monitors functions performed in the second processor and the second processor issues an interrupt when an error condition is detected in the second processor. The first processor detects the interrupt, and disables detecting further interrupts until the interrupt is serviced. Servicing the interrupt includes recording the error state and changing focus and tracking parameters based on the error condition detected. The first processor can be used to perform other tasks while it is waiting to receive a notice of a new command, a notify event, or a performance event.

Description

12237951223795

案號 91100910 五、發明說明(1) 對於應用文字、視訊、音效資訊之多媒體系統而一 如何應用更小,外硯尺寸、提供具有更大儲存 。 儲存裝置’乃是-項持續增長的需求。另夕卜 = 娱樂的高度可攜帶、粗糙、及堅固系統、用 【媒體 理(PM)、行動電話、電子書籍、及其他^ 1 位助 系統,亦對這種資料儲存裳置具有一極大需求。其的錯存— 種較具前景的技術便是寫入一次讀取多次(訂丨^^ 〇 read many, WORM )光碟機,其可以應用在粗糙、 動、及可攜帶的資料儲存中。 」移 影響一個光學系統(諸如:應用在一個寫入一次浐 多次(WORM )光碟機中的光學系統)設計的一個重要= 係:在這個光學系統中所應用的光學元件、及在光碟上用 來控制這個光學系統的傳動裝置控制。這個光學系統通 具有一個雷射或其他光源、聚焦透鏡、反射裝置、光學偵 測裝置、及其他元件。雖然熟習此技藝者亦可能使用或提 出各種不同的光學系統,然而,先前系統通常均使用足夠 大型及/或巨型的光學元件,其作用正如同:聚焦 (focus)及/或跟跡(tracking)係藉由這個光學系統 的元件移動以達成。 許多早期光碟及其他光學儲存系統係提供相對大格式 ^讀取(read )/寫入(write )裝置,其包括:舉例來 说’與1 2叶(或更大尺寸)直徑磁碟結合使用的裝置。然 而,隨著光學儲存技術的發展,如何提供相對具有更小尺 寸的可行實用系統,乃是一項持續增長的需求。一般而Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (1) For multimedia systems using text, video and audio information, how to use smaller, outer size, and provide greater storage. Storage devices' are a growing demand. In addition = highly portable, rugged, and sturdy systems for entertainment, using [Media Management (PM), mobile phones, e-books, and other ^ 1-bit assistance systems, also have a great demand for such data storage equipment . Its misstore-a more promising technology is to write once and read multiple (WORM) optical disc drives, which can be applied to rough, dynamic, and portable data storage. An important aspect of the design of an optical system (such as an optical system used in a write-once-multiple-time (WORM) optical disc drive) is the system: the optical elements used in this optical system, and the optical disc. The actuator control used to control this optical system. This optical system usually has a laser or other light source, a focusing lens, a reflecting device, an optical detection device, and other components. Although those skilled in the art may also use or propose various optical systems, the previous systems usually used large and / or gigantic optical elements, and their functions are just like: focus and / or tracking This is achieved by moving the elements of this optical system. Many early optical discs and other optical storage systems provided relatively large format read / write devices including, for example, 'combined with 12-leaf (or larger) diameter disks Device. However, with the development of optical storage technology, how to provide a viable and practical system with a relatively smaller size is a growing demand. In general

第10頁 1223795 修正 曰 1 號 9ΐιη_η_^ 五、發明說明(2) I株實:的讀取/寫入裝置必須在其外觀尺寸内容納各種 ΐ功=媒體、媒體卡£(若存在)、媒體= 力率供應及/或作用、信號處理、聚隹、追跡式1仙 因:電影響雷射或光束的光學裝置的元;牛。 據小型型尺寸’最好是能夠提供一個佔 旋轉蛘體的表面ΐ5貝取頭。特別是’最好能夠提供一個與 U的表面呈現垂直方向的小型光學讀取頭。 控制這個光ϋ匕、:緊密的光學讀取頭+,設計來 殊的問題,包mtii聚焦的電路亦會出現各種特 正、補償趙伸碟機校正及周期光碟機重新校Page 10 1223795 Amendment No. 1 9ΐιη_η_ ^ V. Description of the invention (2) I: The reading / writing device must include various functions in its appearance size = media, media card (if present), media = Force supply and / or action, signal processing, gathering, tracking 1 sen factor: element of an optical device that electrically affects a laser or beam; cattle. According to the small size, it is better to be able to provide a surface of the rotating carcass to take the head. In particular, it is desirable to provide a small optical pickup head which is perpendicular to the surface of U. Control this optical dagger: compact optical read head +, special design issues, various special features will also appear in the circuit that includes mtii focus, compensation for Zhao Shen disc drive calibration and periodic disc drive recalibration

機械、非線性及交石紅入沾、、守曰]關鍵的伺服狀態 重飼服迴路間的動=從及聚焦位置谓測裝置、多 電池壽命、可移動Β γ = 口的而要低功率消耗以維持 需要、扃知= 可互換媒體、媒體缺陷的堅固#搜I :子在痒在廣泛範圍條件中操作的需要m入區域的 二在廣泛範圍的環境溫:震=種物理導 存在。 乂及震動和擺動的 頭需n 一個具有小型外觀尺寸的光學讀取 取頭的伺服夺ί ’寺別是’如何提供-個控制這種二讀 貝枓寫入光學媒體。 上項取資料或將 根據本發明的_ 架構,用以香 種系、、充方法、裴置係包括一個勒满 克服小型外觀尺寸光學讀取頭的設計挑:數: 第11頁 1223795(Mechanical, non-linear, and non-reciprocating), the key servo state is the movement between the feeding circuit, the slave and the focus position measuring device, multi-battery life, movable β γ = low power of mouth Consumption to maintain the need, knowing the ruggedness of interchangeable media, media defects #searchI: the need to operate the device in a wide range of conditions in the two areas of the environment temperature in a wide range: earthquake = a physical guide exists. The head that vibrates and shakes requires an optical readout with a small external size. The servo of the pick-up head ‘how to provide’-a way to control this second reading and write the optical media. The above item may be based on the information provided by the _ framework of the present invention. The fragrance system, charging method, and Pei Zhi system include a full design option to overcome the small size of the optical read head: number: page 11 1223795

—---- 案號 91100910__± I '發明說明(3) 據本發明之一種系統及裝置之實施例係應用幾個獨特的方 法,包括··在伺服系統及這個裝置中其他驅動系統之間共 用一個通用處理器、使用一個專用高速處理器於時間關鍵 的伺服功能、在專用伺服處理器及共用通用處理器之間通 信、在通用處理器及專用伺服處理器之間分配飼服處理 以及通用處理器内部之一個主要迴路處理及一個背景周期 事件處理之間分配伺服處理。 / 在部分實施例中’在一個控制系統中,其係應用於具 有一個無法重覆寫入的預先草控區域及一個能夠重覆寫/ 的使用者可寫入區威的光學媒體的一個光碟,一種處理$ 斷的方法係包括: 在一個第一處理器中程序複數函數; 在一個第二處理器中執行這些函數; 監控在這個第,處理器中的這些函數; 一個 停 當在這個第二處理器中偵測到一個問題時, 中斷;以及 " 中斷。 :當這個中斷發生時 在這個第一處器中偵測這個 本實施例的一個特徵係包括 止其他中斷的通知。 一處理器及經 ,其具有複數 個特定訊息。 個通知事件、 問題,要求下 本實施例的另/個特徵係包括:這個第 由一個狀態暫存裝置通信的一個第二處理器 個位元且每個位元係加以設定,藉以傳推。 本實施例的另〆個特徵係包4:要长= 以及根據在這個第二·處理器中偵測到的這: 1223795 其他中 的另一 追蹤良 的另一 跳動良 的另一 跳動良 疋否加 的另一 執道等 良好跳 的另一 軌道等 不良跳 的另一 定,藉 的另一 定,藉 的另 個特徵係 題,改變 個特徵係 斷的通知 個特徵係 好或不良 個特徵係 好或不良 個特徵係 好或不良 以設定。 個特徵係 待跳動狀 動指標。 個特徵係 待跳動狀 動指標。 個特徵係 以關閉聚 個特徵係 以關閉聚 個特徵係 縱事件、一個聚焦事件、及一個路徑 態指標 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(4) 列事件之一:一個追 (trace)事件。 本實施例的另一 根據彳貞測到的這個問 本實施例的另一 後’重新起動 本實施例 括·決定^一個 本實施例 括·決定一個 本實施例 括·決定'一個 跳動狀態指標 本實施例 括:根據一個 設定一個軌道 本實施例 括:根據一個 設定一個軌道 本實施例 標是否加以設 本實施例 標是否加以設 本實施例 修正 包括:記錄誤差狀態、以及 聚焦及追蹤參數。 包括:在自這個問題回復 〇 包括·服務這個中斷,包 的狀指標是否加以設定。 包括:服務這個中斷,包 的狀態指標是否加以設定。 包括:服務這個中斷,包 的狀態指標及一個軌道等待 包括:服務這個中斷,包 是否加以設定,藉以 包括:服務這個中斷,包 述、指標是否加以設定,藉以 包括:根據一個聚焦不良指 焦。 包括:根據一個聚焦不良指 焦、及要求一個通知事件。 包括·決定一個自動回跳模—---- Case No. 91100910__ ± I 'Explanation of the invention (3) An embodiment of a system and device according to the present invention applies several unique methods, including ... between the servo system and other drive systems in this device Share a general-purpose processor, use a dedicated high-speed processor for time-critical servo functions, communicate between the dedicated servo processor and the shared general-purpose processor, distribute feed processing between the general-purpose processor and the dedicated servo processor, and general-purpose Servo processing is allocated between a main loop processing inside the processor and a background cycle event processing. / In some embodiments, 'in a control system, it is applied to an optical disc having a pre-cursor area that cannot be overwritten and an optical medium that can be overwritten by a user-writable area. A method for processing $ breaks includes: program plural functions in a first processor; executing these functions in a second processor; monitoring these functions in the first processor; a stop in the second Interrupt when a problem is detected in the processor; and " Interrupt. : When this interrupt occurs, detect this in the first device. A feature of this embodiment includes notification of other interrupts. A processor and a processor having a plurality of specific messages. Notification events and problems are required. Another feature of this embodiment includes: this is a second processor that is communicated by a state temporary storage device, and each bit is set to pass by. Another feature of this embodiment is package 4: long = and based on this detected in this second processor: 1223795 another one of the other tracking good another beating good No addition of another track, such as a good jump, another track, such as a bad jump, another borrow, another borrow, another borrowed feature, and a notification of a change in a feature, a good or bad feature, Good or bad characteristics are set for good or bad. This feature is a to-be-beat indicator. This feature is a to-be-beat indicator. Feature system to close the feature system to close the feature system event, a focus event, and a path state indicator Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (4) One of the events in the list: a trace event. Another example of this embodiment is based on this question measured by Chen Zhen. Another question of this embodiment is to “restart this embodiment” • determine this one. This embodiment includes: setting a track according to one. This embodiment includes: setting a track according to one. Whether the target of this embodiment is set. Whether the target of this embodiment is set. The correction of this embodiment includes: recording error status, and focus and tracking parameters. Including: After replying to this question 〇 Including the service interruption, whether the status indicator of the package is set. Including: service this interrupt, whether the packet status indicator is set. Including: service interruption, package status indicators and a track waiting include: service interruption, whether the package is set, and thus include: service interruption, description, and whether the indicator is set, including: based on a poor focus index. These include: focusing on a poorly focused finger, and requesting a notification event. Including · Determining an auto-return mode

第13頁 1223795 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(5) 式是否加以起動、以及才| 個問題的時間。 本實施例 標是否加以設 當這個等待長 1正Page 13 1223795 Case No. 91100910 V. Explanation of invention (5) Whether the formula (5) should be started and the time of question. Whether the target is set in this embodiment

的另一個特 定及一個等 期搜尋指才票 尋期間的一個故障;以及 這個故 本 導因於 本 閉指標 迴路封 封閉狀 障時, 實施例 失焦。 實施例 是否為 閉指標 態。 關閉追縱 不在一個自動跳動期間偵測到這 徵係包括:決定一個軌道關閉指 待長期搜尋指標是否加以設定· 加以設定時,指示在一個長期搜 當偵測到在這個長期搜尋期間的 的另一個特徵係包括:指示 個追蹤問題係 的另一個特 這個第二處 ,在這個第 在另一個實施例中, 具有一個無法重覆寫入的 及一個 域的光 括:一 其中, 令,且這個第 令。這 間關鍵 在 個郵件 個無法 能夠重覆寫入的、 學媒體的一個光碟 個第一處理器,其 這個第一處理器係 二處理器係 處理器係監 狀態,諸如 個第 工作的 本實施例的一個特 信箱、接收在這個 徵係包括: 理器所設定 一處理器中 在一個控制 、表面具有 表面具有溝 機,一種整 操作以與_ 包括:執行 包括:執行 控在這個第 :讀取或寫 徵中,這個 第二處理器 決定一個聚焦迴路封 、以及根據這個聚焦 轉變至一個聚焦迴路 系統中, 凹陷的預 槽的使用 合工作的 個第二處 非時間關 時間關鍵 二處理器 入媒體等 第一處理 中有關時 其係應用;J 先掌控區i 者可寫入(; 系統係,包 理器通信 鍵工作的;ί 工作的指 中、這些Β 工作。 器係經由_ 間關鍵i ^Another specific and a failure during the isochronous search index search; and this cause is due to the closed index loop closed closed when the embodiment is out of focus. Whether the embodiment is a closed index state. Closing the chase does not detect this condition during an automatic jump. Including: determining whether a track is closed or not is to be set in the long-term search indicator. When set, it indicates that a long-term search detects another A feature system includes: another feature indicating a tracking problem system. In another embodiment, this feature has an unrepeatable and a field of light brackets: one of which, and This order. The key here is a first processor that cannot be repeatedly written and learned from a media disc. This first processor is the second processor and the processor supervisor status, such as the first implementation of this implementation. An example of a special mailbox that is received in this system includes: a processor set in a processor with a groove on a surface and a surface, a whole operation with _ includes: execution includes: execution control in this section: read During fetching or writing, the second processor determines a focus loop seal, and according to the focus transition to a focus loop system, the use of a recessed pre-groove is a second non-time off time critical second processor. It is applied when it is related to the first processing such as entering media; J first controls area i who can write (; system department, the communication key of the processor to work; ί the finger of the work, these B work. The device is via _ between Key i ^

第14頁 修正 曰 -Μι虎 91100議 $'發明說明(6) 狀I的机息,並且經由這個郵件 在這個第二處理器中的操作牛u傳达命令,藉以執行 列事ίί實施例”一個特徵中,這個狀態係至少指示下 追蹤失敗、令隹点从取隹^個不良跳動、追蹤成功、 講差的追蹤不成^三水“、、敗、聚焦關閉、導因於聚焦 搜不良、搜尋完成、搜尋加速、搜尋旗標、以及 作的$ ί::2的另一個特徵中’用以執行非時間關鍵工 f的才日令係包括:產生合人士女. 光學媒體的命令、栌制光:媼二:項取或寫入光碟機中 開起聚焦、開關追縱、的=速度、_聚焦、 令亦可以加以』ί及開關-個雷射。另外,其他命 由这t ί f ΐ例的另_個特徵中’這個郵件信箱係包括: 器傳送至這個第二處理器的訊息,其至少 盈考椐下=事件的參數:控制跳動加速、跳動減速、振 ΐ ^幅、軌道誤差信號(TES)增益偏移、軌道迴路增 Ϊ數平移、聚焦誤差信號(FES)增益偏移、聚 ^平銘L才矣器(DAC )偏移、聚焦迴路增益、聚焦增 ::移、父互干擾補償、感測裝置臨界、以及取樣整合成 力(Sample Integrity Win)。 至這ίί實特徵中,由這個第-處理器傳送 開起上=::;::包::::息’諸如:聚焦 差信號⑽)取樣敫人二起、軌道積分器重設、追蹤誤 樣正曰開起、聚焦誤差信號(FES )取樣Page 14 Amendment--Mu Tiger 91100 Negotiations (6) Information of state I, and through the operation of this mail in this second processor, the command is transmitted to execute the embodiment. " In one feature, this state indicates at least the tracking failure, causing the point to take ^ bad jumps, tracking success, poor tracking failure ^ Sanshui ", failure, focus off, due to poor focus search, Another feature of search completion, search acceleration, search flags, and $ 作 :: 2 used to perform non-time-critical tasks is the generation of talents including: ordering women, optical media, Light control: 2nd: Take or write in the optical disc drive to start focusing, switch tracking, = speed, _focus, and order can also be used, and switch-a laser. In addition, among other features of this example, the mail box includes: the message sent by the device to the second processor, which at least meets the following parameters: event parameters: control beating acceleration, Runout deceleration, vibration amplitude, track error signal (TES) gain shift, track loop gain number shift, focus error signal (FES) gain shift, poly ^ L-type amplifier (DAC) shift, focus Loop gain, focus increase: shift, parent mutual interference compensation, criticality of the sensing device, and sampling integration (Sample Integrity Win). To this feature, the first-processor transmission starts up: =: ;; ::::::: interest ', such as: focus difference signal ⑽) sampling two people, orbit integrator reset, tracking error After the sample is opened, the focus error signal (FES) is sampled.

第15頁 1223795 修正Page 15 1223795 Correction

案號 91100910 五、發明說明(7) 整口開起、前跳·個勒、苦 , ^ ^ J 幻執道、回跳一個軌道、軌道不良舍 設跳動狀態、聚焦不良重設、重設^偵測ΛCase No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (7) Full mouth opening, skipping forward, trembling, bitter, ^ ^ J magic road, jumping back one track, bad track shedding and jumping state, poor focus reset, reset ^ Detect Λ

ί 開起追_器、開起聚心V 最小郵件信箱、最小/最大信號位址、 ^ ^ . . I 虹開/關、路徑位址、路徑速率、、主 除寫入放棄、功率開起、搜尋重:清 起、TF開/關、區塊寫 f為^搜兮開 〜,, ’八閘門、聚焦中斷起動、诵用仏, 位址、以及可寫入媒體。 呵趄勁通用輪出 在本實施例的另一個特料由 , 由這個第-處理写億、、': 24個郵件信箱係包括: 包括二這個第一處理器的訊息,其至少 a枯下列訊息之一:盍w 八王乂 置、數位广啼f^ ^旒處理器(DSP )狀態暫存裝 值、信號最小值、追縱控器回應、、信號最大 (FES)、聚焦數位類比 :二)、聚焦誤差信號 2、取揭呌龢 匕轉換為(D AC )、路徑丄、路徑 一:;十數、及第二處理器數碼版本(Code 在本貫施例的另一個特H tb -個組之動力中斷指令,其::個第一處理器係包括 功率模式狀態機械指^ ;夕匕下列步驟之一. 回復管理裝置指令; 5^焦控制狀悲機械指令; 追蹤/搜尋控制狀態機械指令; 旋轉控制狀態機械指令; ’ 物理區段位址(PSA)狀態機械指令;ί Open the tracker, open the center V, the minimum mail box, the minimum / maximum signal address, ^ ^.. I Rainbow on / off, path address, path rate, write write abandon, and power on , Search re: clear up, TF on / off, block write f is ^ Search Xi open ~, 'Eight gate, focus interrupt start, recitation 仏, address, and writable media. Oh, the general purpose rotation is another feature of this embodiment, which is written by the first-hand processor, and includes: 24 mail boxes including: messages including two first processors, at least a of which One of the messages: 八 w eight kings set, digital wide cry f ^ ^ 旒 processor status (DSP) temporary storage value, signal minimum value, tracking controller response, signal maximum (FES), focus digital analogy: (B) Focusing error signal 2, conversion of 呌 and 匕 into (D AC), path 丄, path 1 :: ten, and the second processor digital version (Code in another special feature of this embodiment H tb -A group of power interruption instructions, including: a first processor system including a power mode state mechanical indicator ^; one of the following steps in the evening. Reply to the management device instruction; 5 ^ focus control state mechanical instruction; tracking / search control State machine instructions; Rotation control state machine instructions; 'Physical sector address (PSA) state machine instructions;

1223795 _案號91100910_年月日__ 五、發明說明(8) 雷射控制狀態機械指令; 調整增益狀態機械指令; 效能監控狀態機械指令,其可操作以監控在這個第二 處理器中這些時間關鍵工作的狀態;以及 監控載入/彈出狀態機械指令。 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,在這個第一處理器中的 指令係可操作以至少執行下列步驟之一: 起始校正數值; 起始數值以執行這些非時間關鍵工作; 載入這些指令以執行在這個第二處理器中的這些時間 關鍵工作; 在這個光碟機中起動一個高功率模式; 將一個追蹤傳動裝置偏壓至一個預定方向; 沿著一個預定方向躍立一個聚焦傳動裝置; 在這個光碟機中起動一個低功率模式; 等待以接收一個發出命令、一個通知事件、或一個效 能事件的一個通知; 增加這個第一處理器監控在這個第二處理器中這些時 間關鍵工作的狀態的速率; 處理這個新命令、這個通知事件、或這個效能事件; 以及 減少這個第一處理器監控在這個第二處理器中這些時 間關鍵工作的狀態的速率。 在另一個實施例中,在一個控制系統中,其係應用於1223795 _Case No. 91100910_year month__ V. Description of the invention (8) Laser control state mechanical instruction; Gain state adjustment mechanical instruction; Performance monitoring state mechanical instruction, which is operable to monitor these Time critical work status; and monitoring load / eject status mechanical instructions. In another feature of this embodiment, the instructions in this first processor are operable to perform at least one of the following steps: a starting correction value; a starting value to perform these non-time critical tasks; loading the instructions To perform these time-critical tasks in the second processor; start a high power mode in the optical disc drive; bias a tracking gear to a predetermined direction; jump a focusing gear in a predetermined direction; Initiate a low-power mode in this drive; wait to receive a notification of a command, a notification event, or a performance event; add the first processor to monitor the status of these time-critical tasks in the second processor Rate of processing the new command, the notification event, or the performance event; and reducing the rate at which the first processor monitors the status of these time-critical jobs in the second processor. In another embodiment, in a control system, it is applied to

第17頁 1223795 修正 曰 -SS__9U00910_ 五、發明說明(9) ___ 的表:::有,陷的預先掌控二 域的光學媒體的二個光碟機,二種整ϊ = : =可寫入區 揭露。這個系統係包括:幾;組::工:y 作以控制一個新命令、一個通知事 7其可刼 ;理。這些組的指令係包括-個或更多;能事f的 的功能模式狀態機械指令,其可操作以 j—個組 功率模式;-個組的回復管理裝置指令Γιί:固i碟機的 由在執行-個命令時偵測到的一回:知作以嘗試 關閉聚焦一個組的追鞭;: = = : = ;碟機中 這個光碟機中關閉軌道;-個組二轉ί: 的:r段位址 體中二:表傳::有置:;:^ 組的雷射控制狀態機械指令,其 =的位置;一個 機中-個雷射的功率模< ;一個組的調整 令,盆可;^畢4令以★用、古乂TO 日狀先、機械才日 的效能監控狀態機械:令,:::::J:增益;-個組 理器中這些時間關鍵工作的狀η,控在這個第二處 /彈出狀態機械指令,藉以二‘,一個組的監控載人 彈出這個光碟機。错以决疋-個光學媒體是否載入或 在本貫紅例的-個特徵中,一個第一處理器係可操作 第18頁 1223795Page 17 1223795 Amendment -SS__9U00910_ V. Description of the invention (9) ___ Table :: Yes, there are two optical disc drives of the two-domain optical media in advance, which are trapped, two types of rectification =: = writable area exposed . This system includes: several; group :: work: y to control a new command, a notification of things 7 can be done; management. The instructions of these groups include one or more; the functional mode state mechanical instructions capable of operating f, which can be operated in the j-group power mode; and the instructions of the reply management device of each group. One time detected during the execution of a command: Known as an attempt to turn off the chasing focus of a group ;: = =: =; Turn off the track in the disc drive in the disc player;-Two turns of the group:: In the r-segment address body two: table transmission :: set:;: ^ group of laser control status mechanical instructions, its = position; one machine-one laser power module <; one group of adjustment orders, Basin can; ^ 4 orders with ★ use, ancient TO TO date first, machinery only day performance monitoring status machinery: order, ::::: J: gain;-the status of these time-critical work in a group organizer η, control the mechanical instruction in this second / eject state, so as to two ', a group of monitors manned to eject the optical disc drive. The mistake is to determine whether an optical medium is loaded or, among the features of the traditional example, a first processor is operable. Page 18 1223795

1223795 _案號 91100910 五、發明說明(11)1223795 _ Case number 91100910 V. Description of the invention (11)

在這個第二處理器中的一個誤差條件。 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,這些功率模式狀態機械 指令係進一步可操作以在進入一個完全功率模式時,於^ 在這個光碟機中一個光碟匣的彈出及載入。 mi 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,這些指令係可操作以在 進入一個低功率模式前,開起追蹤、聚焦、或旋轉伺服 制迴路。 工 在部 一個無法 個能夠重 光學媒體 加以揭露 個光學媒 其包括: 操作以儲 试由這個 題中回復 在本 令,其可 縱控制問 在本 指令,其 復嘗試係 在本 分實施例中 重覆寫入的 覆寫入的、 的一個光碟 。這個系統 體時,利用 聚焦控制、 存這個光碟 問題中回復 後,恢復這 實施例的一 操作以將這 題。 實施例的另 可操作以控 可以由此開 實施例的另 ,在一個 、表面具 表面具有 機 種 係包括: 至少一個 追蹤控制 機的目前 ;以及指 個光碟機 個特徵中 個問題歸 光碟機 有凹陷 溝槽的 由效能 指令, 下列控 、或旋 狀態; 令,其 的目前 ,這個 類於一 的預先 使用者 誤差中 其可操 制而偵 轉控制 指令, 可操作 狀態。 糸統進 個旋轉 你應用於具有 革控區域及一 可寫入區域的 回復的系統係 作以在存取這 測一個問題, :指令,其可 其可操作以嘗 以在由這個問 一步包括:指 、聚焦、或追 一個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括: 制這個光碟機至一個狀態,其中,回 〜個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括:An error condition in this second processor. In another feature of this embodiment, these power mode status mechanical instructions are further operable to eject and load a magazine in the optical drive when entering a full power mode. mi In another feature of this embodiment, these instructions are operable to initiate a tracking, focusing, or rotation servo control loop before entering a low power mode. The Ministry of Industry and Technology can't expose the optical media. It includes: Operation to store the test. Reply from this question in this order, which can be controlled in this order, and its retry is in this sub-example. Overwrite, overwrite, one disc. In this system, focus control is used to restore the problem in this disc, and then an operation of this embodiment is resumed to solve the problem. Another embodiment of the present invention is operable to control the embodiment of the present invention. On the other hand, the surface type of the machine includes: at least one tracking controller present; and a problem of the optical disc drive. The recessed groove is controlled by the performance command, the following control, or spin state; so that, at present, this kind of pre-user error can be manipulated to detect the control command and the operational state. I ’m going to spin the system you applied to a reply with a leather-controlled area and a writable area to test this problem when accessing the: command, which can be manipulated to include this step. : In pointing, focusing, or chasing a feature, the system further includes: making the optical disc drive to a state, among which, the system further includes:

1223795 -- 案號 minnmn 五、發明說明(12)1223795-Case number minnmn V. Description of the invention (12)

修正 指令’其:操作以決定這個回復嘗試是否成功。 #人在本貫施例的另—個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括: ^々,其可操作以在偵測到與旋轉控制相關的一個問題 時’關閉追蹤及聚焦。 匕八在本貫施例的另一個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括: 才曰7 ’其可操作以在偵測到與聚焦控制相關的一個問題 時,關閉追縱。 匕一在本貫施例的另一個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括:Modify the command ‘its: operation to determine if this reply attempt is successful. # 人 在 Another feature of this embodiment, the system further includes: ^ 々, which is operable to turn off tracking and focus when a problem related to rotation control is detected. In another feature of the present embodiment, this system further includes: [7] It is operable to turn off tracking when a problem related to focus control is detected. In another feature of this embodiment, this system further includes:

指令,其可操作以在偵測到與追蹤控制相關的一個問題 時,關閉追縱。 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括: 指令,其可操作以決定一個追蹤傳動裝置手臂是否位置於 一個光碟的一個格式化部分以外。 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,這個系統進一步包括·, 指令’其可操作以在這個追蹤傳動裝置手臂位置於這個光 碟的這個格式化部分以外時,將這個追蹤傳動裝置手臂位 置於一個預定位置。 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,這個系統進/步包括、·A command operable to turn off tracking when a problem related to tracking control is detected. In another feature of this embodiment, the system further includes: instructions operable to determine whether a tracking actuator arm is positioned outside a formatted portion of a disc. In another feature of this embodiment, the system further includes a command that is operable to position the tracking gear arm to a predetermined position when the tracking gear arm position is outside the formatted portion of the disc position. In another feature of this embodiment, this system further includes, ·

才曰$ 其可操作以決定由這個問題回復的這個嘗试疋否k 度。 在另一個實施例中,在一個控制系統中,其係應用於 具有一個組的控制系統指令的一個光碟機,其中,這個組 的控制系統指令係可操作以: 執行一個或更多個命令操作於這個光碟機的光學媒體It is operative to determine whether this attempt to respond to this question is k degrees. In another embodiment, in a control system, it is applied to an optical disc drive having a group of control system instructions, wherein the group of control system instructions are operable to: perform one or more command operations Optical media for this drive

第21頁 I223795 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(13) 上; 接收與這個光碟 由這個誤差條件 中止這個或這些 決定這個回復嘗 若這個回復嘗試 的處理。 在本實施例的 以: 決定 決定 同誤差條 收事件的 若在 個誤差條 在本 件之一: 一個聚焦 事件、或 在本 係進一步 個回復嘗 在本 係進一步 在相同的誤 過度回復嘗 件中接收事 數目; 相同誤差條 件起動回復 實施例的另 一個通知事 事件、一個 一個命令放 實施例的另 可操作以放 試並不成功 實施例的另 可操作以決 機的一個誤差條件相 起動一個回復嘗試;f的—個事件; 命令操作的處理·, 試是否成功;以及 係成功,則繼續這個或這些命令操作 個特徵中’這個系統進—步可操作 差條件中是否接收到— 試的起動是否根據^個先前事件; 件間的時間、以及4 ^條件之一:相 及相同誤差條件中接 件中’又有做出過度回復嘗試,則由這 一個特徵中,這個重μ 件、-個旋轉事件件:系指示下列事 個暫停事件、-個效能 :個2中’這個組的控制系統指令 棄适個或這些命令操作的效能,若這 0 一個特徵中,# 4 定這個或這制系統= < 一卩7知作是否成功地放Page 21 I223795 Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (13); Receiving with this disc This error condition terminates this or these Deciding the response Try this processing if the response is attempted. In this embodiment: The decision to determine the event with the same error bar is included in one of the following error bars: a focused event, or a further reply in this department Number of events received; the same error condition starts another notification event of the embodiment, one by one commands the other operations of the embodiment to test the unsuccessful embodiment, and the other operations of the unsuccessful embodiment start one of the error conditions Reply to the attempt; an event of f; the processing of the command operation; whether the test was successful; and the system succeeded, then continue with this or these command operation features: 'Whether the system is advanced-further operable poor conditions are received-try' Whether the start is based on ^ previous events; the time between cases, and one of the 4 conditions: the same error conditions in the connection 'have made excessive recovery attempts, then from this feature, this heavy μ, -A rotation event: indicates the following pause events,-performance: 2 of the 'control system instructions of this group For the efficiency of these command operations, if this is a feature, # 4 determines this or this system = < 7 if the operation is successful.

1223795 五 _ 案號 91 loom η 發明說明(14) 曰 」多正 在本實施例的另一個特 係進-步可操作以接收與::二這個組的控制系統指令 個追縱誤記超過—個限制以及在這 在本實施例的另一個特:坆個效此事件。 係進一步可操作以接收盘,這個組的控制系統指令 個聚焦誤記超過一個限制日》焦=己相關的資訊;以及在這 /本實施例的另一:;;徵:出…能事件。 係進一步可操作以接收與誃 &個組的控制系統指令 個讀取跳動超過一個限制;二相關的資訊;以及在這 在本實施例的另一出這個效能事件。 係進一步可操作以在接二:,廷個組的控制系統指令 校正這個光碟機。 乂 效能事件時,動態地重新 在本實施例的另一個特 係進一步可操作以決定這個^地,個組的控制系統指令 在本實施例的另一個特中、機=否成功地重新校正。 係進一步可操作以在重新校^他這個組的控制系統指令 係成功時,增加重新校正=個光碟機的這個先前嘗試 /在本實施例的另一個特徵^碟=工作位準。 係進一步可操作以決定重 乂個組的控制系統指令 準是否耗盡。 又這個光碟機的這些工作位 在另一個實施例中,、 動裝置;以及指令,其可uy系包括:-個追縱傳 放置於這個光碟機中光學二疋廷個追蹤傳動裝置被 __ 、個格式化部分以外的時 1223795 案號 91100910 i正1223795 5_ Case No. 91 loom η Description of invention (14) It is said that it is another step in this embodiment which is further operable to receive and: 2: The control system of this group has instructed a tracking error that exceeds one limit And here's another feature in this embodiment: this effect. The system is further operable to receive a disc, and the control system of this group instructs that the focus is misremembered for more than one limit day, and that the focus is related to the information; and another in this / this embodiment :; The system is further operable to receive control system commands associated with 誃 & groups of read hops exceeding a limit; two related information; and another performance event in this embodiment. The system is further operable to instruct the control system of this group to calibrate the optical drive.时 During the performance event, it is dynamically re-operated in another feature of this embodiment to further determine the control system instruction of each group. In another feature of this embodiment, machine = successfully recalibrates. The system is further operable to recalibrate the control system instructions of this group when the system is successful, adding recalibration = this previous attempt of the optical disc drive / another feature of this embodiment ^ disc = working level. The system is further operable to determine whether the control system instructions for each group are exhausted. In another embodiment, the working positions of the optical disc drive are, in another embodiment, a moving device; and the instructions, which may include: a tracking device placed in the optical disc drive and a tracking transmission device are __ When it is not formatted, it is 1223795, case number 91100910, i

媒體係包括· 一個特 動裝置 以外的 良好或 一個特 的一個 一個特 的這個 一個特 的這個 五、發明說明(15) 間。 在本實施例的一 面具有凹陷、無法重 面具有溝槽、能夠重 在本實施例的另 作以監控追蹤控制工 理非格式條件的時間 在本實施例的另 作以決定這個追蹤傳 體的一個格式化部分 期内是否偵測到追縱 在本實施例的另 生這個追蹤控制工作 在本實施例的另 遽這個追蹤控制工作 在本貫施例的另 定這個追蹤控制工作 預疋界值内。 在本實施例的另 ,個追蹤控制工作的 疋臨界值内時,指示 在這個光碟機中的光 體係包括:表面具有 個特徵中,這個光學 覆寫入的一個預先掌 覆寫入的一個使用者 一個特徵中,這些指 作,其用以決定這個 徵中,這些指 被放置在這個 時間、以及在 追蹤不良。 徵中,這些指 絕對值。 徵中,這些指 絕對值。 徵中,這些指 絕對值、過濾 控區域;以及: 可寫入區域。 令係進一步可亡 追蹤傳動裝置】 令係進一步可操 光碟機中光學媒 一個預定時間周 令係可操作以產 令係可操作以過 令係可操作以決 值是否位於一個 :個特徵中,這些指令係可操作以在 這個絕對值、過濾值並未位於這個預 一個非格式條件。 在另-個實施例二-個光碟機係等待接收一個命以 :、體上執行一個功能。這個光學媒 凹心、無法重覆寫入的一個預先掌控The media department includes: • A special device other than a special device, or a special one, one special one, one special one. 5. Inventory (15). There is a depression on one side of this embodiment, and a groove cannot be placed on the other side. The time of the alternative operation of this embodiment can be monitored to monitor the non-format conditions of the tracking control mechanism. Whether the tracking control is detected during a formatting period. The tracking control work in this embodiment is another tracking control work in this embodiment. The tracking control work preset threshold is set in another. Inside. In another embodiment of the present invention, when the tracking control works within the threshold value, the light system indicated in the optical disc drive includes: the surface has a feature, the optical overwrite is a pre-overwrite one, In one feature, these fingers are used to determine the sign, the fingers are placed at this time, and the tracking is poor. These characteristics are absolute values. These characteristics are absolute values. In the characteristics, these refer to absolute values, filter control areas; and: writable areas. The order is further viable tracking gear] The order is further operable the optical media in the optical disc drive for a predetermined time. The order is operable to produce the order is operable to pass the order to be operable to determine whether the value is located in one of the characteristics. These instructions are operable to filter at this absolute value, and the filter value does not lie in this preformatted condition. In another embodiment of the second embodiment, an optical disc drive system is waiting to receive a command to perform a function physically. This optical medium is a concave, non-repeatable pre-control

1223795 案號 9iionmn 五、發明說明(16) 曰 區域;以及表面具有溝槽、能夠重 寫入區域。每當接收到一個命令栌,二二—個使用者可 分係處理這個命令,而這個光.這個光碟機的一個部 個命令的處理、並持續等待至這人另一個部分則監控這 在本實施例的一個特徵中,、二叩令處理完成。 這個命令時所偵測到的一個# 光碟機係根據在處理 求。事件要求的例子係包括:、= ;,產生-個事件要 焦事件要求、一個旋轉事件要求、k 4事件要求、一個聚 求。這個光碟機係根據這個要求=及一個追蹤事件要 如··一個通知事件、一個聚焦搴牛,產生一個事件,諸 暫停事件、或一個命令放棄^仵、一個追蹤事件、一個 的嘗試。 、 及由這個誤差條件回復 在本實施例的另一個特徵中,者 旋轉事件、一個聚焦事件、 备這個要求事件係一個 機係決定這個命令的處理是否完追,,件時,這個光碟 完成,在嘗試由這個誤差條件=右=個命令處理並未 到這個要求事件時的狀態係加以儲=,廷個光碟機在接收 完成,則這個光碟機的儲存狀能孫f。若這個回復嘗試係 命令係繼續自這個中斷的發生二點=以恢復,且這個中斷 完成後,一個命令完成事件係二‘以處理。當這個命令 係不成功,則這個中斷命令传由/ 。若這個回復嘗試 代。 係由—個伺服放棄命令所取 在另一個實施例中,一種在 個光碟機的系統係加以揭露。這個光ϊ 校 第25頁 1223795 10091 η 五、發明說明(Π) 有凹卩曰、無法重 一預先 Ϊ;溝槽•能夠重覆寫入的-個使用者可=區:及 二個Γ -成重新校正這個光碟機的幾種二作二‘ =光碟機到達一個預定效能位準、或這此=, 位準係已經耗盡。 二董新权正 在另 個貫施例中,一種在一個光碑擁士 α 率的系統係加以揭㉟,其包Ξ指令制雷 =體的軌道上搜尋時,降低使用的雷:::以在 學媒體係包括一個無法重覆寫入的預以這 一個能^重覆寫入的使用者可寫入區* 域; 本貫施例的一個特徵係包括:指令,复 取或^這個光學媒體時,增加使用的雷射功J作以 本貫施例的一個特徵係包括:指 閉追蹤時,減少使用的雷射功率。 ”可知作以 在另一個實施例中’一種在一個光碟 力二㈣,ii應用於一個光學“:Ϊ 覆寫入的預先掌控區·、 〆寫 使用者可寫入區域、以及指令,复 Ί直覆寫 射功率,直到需要一個較高的雷射功率以:使:,低 本實施例的一個特徵係包括··指令,复y。固功 取或:入這個光學媒體時,増加使用:雷射:^作以 在重新校正工作的每個位準& „ 及這個伺服傳動裝置的各種校正數^1這個光擘 濾裝置的一個刻痕頻率;一個聚焦傳動事二:個士 表面 這個 直到 工作 射功 這個 個光 以及 在讀 在關 射功 具有 入的 的雷 能。 在讀 媒體 丨痕過 •個追 1223795 1 號 9ΐιηη〇ιπ^1223795 Case No. 9iionmn V. Description of the Invention (16) Area; and the surface has grooves and can rewrite the area. Whenever a command is received, two or two users can process this command separately, and this light. Each command of this optical disc drive is processed, and it waits until the other part of the person monitors this In a feature of the embodiment, the second order processing is completed. A # drive was detected during this command based on the request. Examples of event requirements include:, =;, generating an event focus event request, a rotation event request, k 4 event request, and a gathering request. This optical disc drive is based on this requirement = and a tracking event such as a notification event, a focused yak, generates an event, pause events, or a command to give up ^, a tracking event, an attempt. , And reply from this error condition. In another feature of this embodiment, the rotation event, a focus event, and the request event are a mechanism that determines whether the processing of this command is completed. When the file is completed, When attempting to process by this error condition = right = commands that have not yet reached this request event, the state is stored. When the optical disc drive is received, the storage state of this optical disc drive can be f. If this reply attempt is commanded to continue from the point when the interruption occurred = to recover, and after the interruption is completed, a command completion event is processed. When the command is unsuccessful, the interrupt command is passed by /. If this reply tries generation. Taken by a Servo Abandonment Command In another embodiment, a system on an optical disc drive is disclosed. This photocopier, page 25, 1223795 10091 η V. Description of the invention (Π) There is a concavity, which cannot be repeated in advance; grooves • Can be repeatedly written-one user can = area: and two Γ- After recalibrating the optical disc drive, the two operations are performed. The optical disc drive reaches a predetermined performance level, or this level is exhausted. The second Dong Xinquan is unveiling in a different implementation example a system of alpha rate for light monument supporters, which includes instructions to reduce the use of mines when searching mine orbits: The media system includes a user-writable area * which cannot be repeatedly written, and can be repeatedly written. A feature of this embodiment includes: instruction, retrieving, or ^ this optical medium A feature of increasing the use of laser power J as an example of the present embodiment includes: reducing finger laser power when tracking is closed. "It can be said that in another embodiment," a kind of force is applied to an optical disc, and ii is applied to an optical ": Ϊ overwrite pre-control area, 、 write user-writable area, and instruction, repeat Directly overwrite the radio power until a higher laser power is needed to: make :, low. A feature of this embodiment includes · instruction, complex y. Gong take or: when entering this optical medium, use: laser: ^ work at each level of re-calibration & „and various correction numbers of this servo drive ^ 1 one of this optical filter device Scoring frequency; one focusing transmission matter two: the light on the surface of the person until the work shot and the lightning energy that is read in the off shot work. In the reading media, I have scratched a number 1223795 No. 1 9ΐιηη〇ιπ ^

個聚焦控制迴路增益;以及 五、發明說明(18) 縱傳動裝置平移; 個追蹤 控制迴路增益。 在本實施例的一個特 ^ 的重新校正工作期間,諸二·▲’這些校正數值可以在後續 或追縱控制迴路增益 f w周整聚焦控制迴路增益及/ 在本實施例‘:個=中加:儲存及使用。 光學媒體光碟上決定區〔、三廷種方法係包括··在一個 表格;以及使用這個對^ 5每個區域產生一個區域校正 區域。 子應的區域校正表袼以重新校正每個 在另一個實施例中,一 統係加以揭露,其係應用;種碟機的操作的系 寫入及一個表面具有溝槽、能夠重覆 吏用者叮寫區域的光學媒體,其包括:指令,其 了 #作以決定一個傳動裝置手 八 區试;®主;θ 士、致以 于’相對於廷些表面具有凹陷 线及表面具有溝槽區域的位置。 本實施例的-個特徵係包括:指♦,其可操作以進入 個物理區段位址(PSA)閒置狀態,當追蹤或聚焦尚未 已動時,在此並沒有讀取物理區段位址(PSA )的嘗試。 、 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以在 追蹤起動時,由這個物理區段位址(PSA )閒置狀態轉換 至一個物理區段位址(PSA )起動狀態。 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括··指令,其可操作以在 聚焦及追蹤同時起動時,進入一個可以讀取物理區段位址 (PSA)的物理區段位址(PSA)鎖定狀態。Gain of focus control loop; and 5. Description of the invention (18) Longitudinal gear translation; Tracking control loop gain. During a special re-calibration operation of this embodiment, these two correction values can be used in the subsequent or tracking control loop gain fw to round the focus control loop gain and // in this embodiment :: == Canada : Storage and use. The decision area on the optical media disc [, three methods are included in a table; and using this pair ^ 5 to generate an area correction area for each area. The corresponding area correction table is used to recalibrate each. In another embodiment, the system is disclosed and its application is applied; the operation system of the seed drive is written and a groove is provided on the surface, which can repeat the user. The optical media of the dictation area includes: instructions, which are used to determine a transmission device in the eight-zone test; ® master; θ, so that the surface of the surface has a recessed line and the surface has a groove. s position. A feature of this embodiment includes: a finger, which is operable to enter a physical sector address (PSA) idle state, and when tracking or focusing has not been moved, the physical sector address (PSA) is not read here ) Try. Another feature of this embodiment includes: an instruction that is operable to switch from this physical sector address (PSA) idle state to a physical sector address (PSA) activation state during tracking start. Another feature of this embodiment includes a command that is operable to enter a physical sector address (PSA) locked state where the physical sector address (PSA) can be read when focusing and tracking are started simultaneously.

第27頁 1223795 五、發明說明(19) 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以停 止取得中斷及旗標’藉以指示並未讀取物理區段位址 (PSA)。 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括··指令,其可操作以讀 取這些物理區段位址(PSA)。 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以在 一個預定時間周期内未能讀取到這個物理區段位址 (P S A )時’重新嘗試取得一個物理區段位址(p $ a )。這 個特徵係包括··指令,其進一步可操作以拴緊在適於凹^ 的控制系統設定及適於溝槽的控制系統設定之間。 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括··指令,其可操作以龄 控在一個物理區段位址(PSA)鎖定狀態時的 π ,位址⑽);以及指令,其可操作以重新;= =二==物理區段位址(PSA),若在一個暫停期間結束 刖”、、法碩取到一個新物理區段位址(psA )。 ^實施例的另一個特徵係 定目前物理區段位址、、 伯7八』絲作以預 ^ ^ ^ ^ ( SA )、以及決定這個傳動装置手 ’疋否!鄰這個光學媒體上的取後軌道。 裒置手 敢ί ί施例的另—個特徵係包括:指令’豆可摔作以“ 取一個物理區段位址( 八』铩作以碩 定這個傳動裝置手臂B ),以及指令,其可操作以決 軌道的-個預定距離:位於相對於這個光學媒體上最後 本實施例的另一仞牲外於& 動這個傳動裝置手臂i 包括其可操作以移 教罝手#以通離這個光學媒體上的最後軌道, 1223795 < 案號9Π00910__午一 a 曰 修正__ 五、發明說明(20) 若這個傳動裝置手臂係位於相對於這個光學媒體上最後執 道的一個預定距離内。 在另一個實施例中,在一個光碟機中,一種控制光學 媒體的旋轉速度的控制系統係包括··指令,其可操作以停 止或開始旋轉這個光學媒體、以及在一個命令旋轉速度 下’旋轉這個光學媒體。這個光學媒體係包括:一個無法 重覆寫入的預先掌控區域;以及一個能夠重覆寫入的使用 者可寫入區域。 本貝加例的一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以沿著 個特疋方向,旋轉這個光學媒體。 定、言t: i tj的另一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以決 、二:紅轉速度是否在一個特定的時間周期内得到。 轉速度。 已、、里付到,以及維持il個命令旋 本實施例的另一個姑 出一個旋轉事件,藉以;喊係包括:指令,其可操作以發 特定時間周期内得至3。 這個命令旋轉速度並未在一個 本只施例的另一個特 出一個通知事件,藉以^破係包括:指令,其可操作以發 時偵測到一個問題。9 指示在嘗試維持這個命令旋轉速度 本實施例的另_個特4 住這個光學媒體,蕤、徵係包括:指令,其可操作以剎 本實施例的另一個,或停止這個旋轉速度。 寻徵係包括:指令,其可操作以在Page 27 1223795 V. Description of the invention (19) Another feature of this embodiment includes instructions that are operable to stop obtaining interrupts and flags' to indicate that the physical sector address (PSA) has not been read. Another feature of this embodiment includes ... instructions that are operable to read these physical sector addresses (PSA). Another feature of this embodiment includes: an instruction operable to 'retry to obtain a physical sector address (p $ a) when this physical sector address (PSA) is not read within a predetermined time period. . This feature includes a command that is further operable to tether between a control system setting suitable for a recess and a control system setting suitable for a groove. Another feature of this embodiment includes: an instruction that is operable to age control π, address 时 when a physical sector address (PSA) is locked; and an instruction that is operable to restart; = = Two == physical sector address (PSA), if the end of a pause period, ", Fashuo obtained a new physical sector address (psA). ^ Another feature of the embodiment is the current physical sector address, "Bo 7 Ba" pre-made ^ ^ ^ ^ (SA), and determine the hand of the transmission device '疋 No! Adjacent to the rear track on this optical medium. 裒 Set hand dare ί Another feature of the embodiment The system includes: the instruction 'bean can be dropped to "take a physical sector address (eight" to determine this transmission arm B), and the instruction, which is operable to determine a predetermined distance of the track: located relative to Finally, another example of this embodiment on this optical medium is to & move the transmission arm i including its operation to move the teaching hand # to clear the last track on this optical medium, 1223795 < case number 9Π00910_ _Afternoon a a correction__ V. Invention Ming (20) if the transmission arm is located within a predetermined distance from the last channel on the optical medium. In another embodiment, in a compact disc drive, a control system for controlling the rotation speed of an optical medium includes instructions that are operable to stop or start rotating the optical medium, and to 'rotate at a commanded rotation speed This optical media. This optical media system includes: a pre-controllable area that cannot be overwritten; and a user-writeable area that can be overwritten. A feature of this Bekaa example includes instructions that are operable to rotate this optical medium in a particular direction. Another feature of the definition t: i tj includes: instructions, which are operable to determine, 2: whether the red rotation speed is obtained within a specific time period. Turn speed. Already, paid, and maintained il command spins Another spin event of this embodiment, whereby the shouting system includes: instructions that are operable to get 3 in a specific time period. The rotation speed of this command does not feature a notification event in another of this embodiment, so the system includes: instructions that are operable to detect a problem when issued. 9 indicates that an attempt is being made to maintain this commanded rotation speed. Another feature of this embodiment is to hold the optical medium. The system includes: instructions that can be used to brake the other of this embodiment, or to stop this rotation speed. The search system includes: instructions that are operable to

第29頁 1223795 案號 91100910 曰 修正 五、發明說明(21) 這個光學媒體停止旋轉時,發出一個旋轉事件。 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括··指令,其可操作以在 關閉旋轉時,關閉這個光碟機的一個雷射。 在另一個實施例中,在一個光碟機中,其係應用於一 個無法重覆寫入的預先寫入區域及一個能夠重覆寫入的使 用者可寫入區域的光學媒體,一種控制聚焦的系統係包 括:指令,其可操作以開起及關閉聚焦;以及根據取得聚 焦的一個命令,取得這個光學媒體上的聚焦。 Λ 本實施例的一個特徵係包括:指令,其可操作以 個傳動裝置手臂自這個光學媒體躍立至一個預定位置。'Page 29 1223795 Case No. 91100910 Amendment V. Description of the invention (21) When the optical medium stops rotating, a rotation event is issued. Another feature of this embodiment includes a command that is operable to turn off a laser of this optical disc drive when turning off the rotation. In another embodiment, in an optical disc drive, it is an optical medium applied to a pre-write area that cannot be overwritten and a user-writeable area that can be over-written. The system includes: instructions that are operable to turn focus on and off; and to obtain focus on this optical medium according to a command to obtain focus. Λ A feature of this embodiment includes: a command operable to jump from the optical medium to a predetermined position with a transmission arm. '

位置這個傳動裝置手臂的推移力量大小可以調整,藉以 $超過這個位置。這個傳動裝置手臂係躍立至這個光學 ,直到-個狀態指標係指示關閉聚焦、。這手 nm:個正弦躍立函數移動,㈣免激起 動裝置手臂中的共振。 、1寻 本實施例的另一個特徵係包括:指令,豆可 疋一個聚焦誤差信號的整人柹 a _ Α ^ ,、乍乂决 若這個聚隹誤性,以及重新嘗試取得聚焦, 本以ί = 聚t狀態'Position The magnitude of the moving force of the transmission arm can be adjusted so that $ exceeds this position. The transmission arm leaps to this optic until a status indicator indicates that the focus is turned off. This hand nm: a sinusoidal jump function moves to avoid resonance in the arm of the actuator. 1. Another feature of this embodiment includes: the instruction, the entire person can focus on a focus error signal (a _ Α ^), first determine if the focus is wrong, and try again to get focus ί = poly t state '

滿足至少一個下列條件時,心隹扎:’其可刼作以在 前狀態係一個躍立聚声取才聚“、、,/、包括:(1)目 置;(2)目前狀態係 ^且達到這個最大躍立位 數值係大於或等於一個链—4焦推進重試狀態且最佳推移 (3 ) -個聚焦問題係於—疋隹移數值的-個預定部分;或 個1焦起動狀態時發展。When at least one of the following conditions is met, the heart is stricken: 'It can act as if the previous state is a leap to gather voices to gather.' ,,, /, including: (1) the project position; (2) the current state system ^ And reach this maximum jump position value is greater than or equal to a chain-4 jog advance retry state and the best shift (3)-a focus problem lies in-a predetermined part of the shift value; or a 1 jog start Development.

1223795 修正 曰 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(22) 根據本發明方法的實施形式可以是電腦實施程序及執 行攻些程序的裝置。這些方法的實施形式亦可以是電腦程 式數碼,其儲存於實體媒體中,諸如:軟碟、光碟機(CD 一 ROM )、硬碟、或任何其他電腦可讀取儲存媒體,其 中,當這個電腦程式數碼栽入並由一電腦執行時,這個電 腦可變成執行本發明的一個裝置。本方法的實施形式亦可 以為電腦程式數碼,舉例來說··不論是儲存在一個儲存媒 體、由-個電腦載入及/或執行、或經由某個傳輸媒、 輸,諸如:在電子繞線或纜線上、透過光纖、經由電磁 線,^中,§ 個電腦程式數碼係由一個電腦載入及執行 時’攻個電腦係變成執行本發明的一個裝置。當實施一 個通用微處理器時,這個電腦程式數碼段 個 理器以產生特定邏輯電路。 再、调處 本發明實施例的上述及其他目的、特 配合圖式詳細說明如下。 汉復點,將 〔圖式的簡單說明〕 第-圖A係表示一個光碟機’其中,根據本發明的一 個光碟控制系統的各種實施例係得以應用。 第一圖B係表不一個光學媒體的一個圖式,其可 用於第一圖所示的這個光碟機中。 μ 第二圖Α係表示一個光學擷取單元的一個實施例,苴 設置於一個傳動裝置手臂上,其可以應用於 /、 這種光碟機。 币回所不的 第二圖B係表示這個光學擷取單元的一個實施例,其 1223795 _案號 91100910 五、發明說明(23) 年 曰 修正 可以應用於第一圖所示的這個光碟機。 第二圖C係表示經由第二圖B所示的這個光學讀取頭的 這個光學路徑。 第二圖D係表示第二圖B所示的這個光學擷取單元的光 學偵測裝置定位的一個實施例。 第三圖係表示根據本發明的一個光碟機控制系統中、 用以處理信號的元件的一個方塊圖。 第三圖A至第三圖G係表示郵件信箱訊息的例子,其可 以通信於根據本發明、第三圖所示的元件間。1223795 Amendment No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (22) The implementation form of the method according to the present invention may be a computer to implement a program and a device to execute some programs. These methods may also be implemented in computer program digital form, which are stored in physical media, such as: a floppy disk, a compact disc drive (CD-ROM), a hard disk, or any other computer-readable storage medium. When the program is digitally loaded and executed by a computer, the computer can become a device for carrying out the invention. The implementation of the method can also be a computer program digital, for example, whether it is stored in a storage medium, loaded and / or executed by a computer, or transmitted through a transmission medium, such as: When a line or cable, through optical fiber, through electromagnetic lines, is used, when a computer program is loaded and executed by a computer, the computer system becomes a device for implementing the present invention. When a general-purpose microprocessor is implemented, this computer program digitally generates a specific logic circuit. In addition, the above and other objects of the embodiments of the present invention, as well as special drawings, are described in detail below. [Chinese version] [Simplified description of the drawings] Fig.-A shows an optical disc drive. Among them, various embodiments of an optical disc control system according to the present invention are applied. The first picture B shows a diagram of an optical medium, which can be used in the optical disc drive shown in the first picture. μ The second figure A shows an embodiment of an optical pickup unit, which is arranged on a transmission arm, and can be applied to such optical disc drives. The second figure B shown by the coin is an embodiment of this optical pickup unit, and its 1223795 _ case number 91100910 V. Description of the invention (23) Years Revision It can be applied to the optical disc drive shown in the first figure. The second figure C shows the optical path through the optical pickup head shown in the second figure B. The second figure D shows an embodiment of positioning of the optical detection device of the optical capture unit shown in the second figure B. The third figure is a block diagram showing components for processing signals in a disc drive control system according to the present invention. The third diagram A to the third diagram G show examples of mail box messages, which can be communicated between the elements shown in the third diagram according to the present invention.

第四圖係表示第三圖所示的這個信號處理系統中的元 件的一個方塊圖。 第四圖A至第四圖P係表示伺服命令的例子,其可以實 施於第三圖及第四圖所示的這個信號處理系統中。 第五圖係表示第四圖所示的這個伺服臨界的一個實施 例的一個方塊圖。 第六圖係表示第五圖所示的這個命令處理裝置的一個 實施例的一個方塊圖。 第七圖係表示第五圖所示的這個事件處理裝置的一個 實施例的一個方塊圖。The fourth diagram is a block diagram showing the components in the signal processing system shown in the third diagram. The fourth diagram A to the fourth diagram P show examples of servo commands, which can be implemented in the signal processing system shown in the third diagram and the fourth diagram. The fifth diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the servo threshold shown in the fourth diagram. The sixth diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the command processing apparatus shown in the fifth diagram. The seventh diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the event processing apparatus shown in the fifth diagram.

第八圖係表示第五圖所示的這個效能事件處理裝置的 一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第八圖A係表示第八圖所示的這個伺服重新校正程序 的一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第九圖係表示第四圖所示的這個動力中斷的一個實施The eighth diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the performance event processing apparatus shown in the fifth diagram. The eighth figure A is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the servo recalibration procedure shown in the eighth figure. The ninth picture shows an implementation of the power interruption shown in the fourth picture

第32頁 1223795 案號 9110091η 五、發明說明(24) 例的一個方塊圖 十圖係表示第九_ 一 械的一個實施例的一個方^不的這個功率模式控制狀態機 塊圖。 Η—圖係表示第λ ca 例的一個方塊圖?圖所示的這個回復管理裝置的一 Η 圖Α係表示第 回復狀態機械的— 十一圖A係表示一. 第 第 個實施第 的一個 第 施例的 問題狀第 式偵測第 式偵測 圖式。第 所示的第 所示的第 的一個第 機械的第 十一圖所示的這個回復管理裝置 個實施例的一個方塊圖。 一個圖式,其係^固非格式偵測管理裝置的一個實 態1106,的部分。仃為第十一圖A所示的這個歸類 十一圖B係表示用以批/ 營理驻罢AA A从乂執行第十二圖A所示的這個非格 :理裝置的非格式偵測的元件的一個圖式。 其裡f C ^表不用以執行第十二圖A所示的這個非格 吕里波置的非格式偵測的電路的一個實施例的一個 十 圖 ^ 、第十三圖B、及第十三圖C係表示第九圖 =固追蹤/搜尋控制狀態機械的特徵的圖式。 、+四圖A、第十四圖B、及第十四圖c係表示第九圖 這個聚焦控制狀態機械的特徵的圖式。 ^五圖係表示第九圖所示的這個旋轉控制狀態機械 實施例的一個圖式。 1六圖係表示第九圖所示的這個物理區段位址狀態 一個實施例的一個圖式。 十七圖係表示第九圖所示的這個雷射控制狀態機械Page 32 1223795 Case number 9110091η V. A block diagram of the (24) example of the invention The ten diagram is a block diagram of the power mode control state machine showing one aspect of an embodiment of the ninth machine. Η—The diagram shows a block diagram of the λ ca example. One of the reply management devices shown in the picture. The picture A shows the machine in the reply state. The eleven picture A shows the first one. The problem-like detection pattern of the first embodiment is the detection pattern. Figure 11 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of the reply management device shown in Figure 11 and Figure 11. A diagram, which is a part of a real state 1106, of a non-format detection management device. Figure 11 shows the classification shown in Figure 11A. Figure 11 shows the classification and management of AA A to execute the disqualification shown in Figure 12A: A diagram of the component under test. Here, f C ^ is a ten diagram ^, a thirteenth diagram B, and a thirteenth diagram of an embodiment of the circuit for performing the non-Gruley wave format non-format detection shown in FIG. C is a diagram showing the characteristics of the ninth map = solid tracking / search control state machine. Figures A, F, B, and C are drawings showing the characteristics of the focus control state machine of the ninth figure. The ^ figure is a diagram showing the embodiment of the rotation control state machine shown in the ninth figure. The sixteenth figure is a diagram showing one embodiment of the address state of the physical sector shown in the ninth figure. Figure 17 shows the laser control state machine shown in Figure 9.

第33頁 1223795 修正 曰 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(25) 的一個實施例的一個圖式。 f Ϊ八圖係表示第九圖所示的這個調整增益狀態機械 的一個實施例的一個圖式。 戍顿Page 33 1223795 Amendment No. 91100910 V. An illustration of an embodiment of the invention description (25). Fig. 28 is a diagram showing an embodiment of the gain adjustment state machine shown in Fig. 9. Dayton

機Μ Ϊ十九圖係表不第九圖所示的這個連續效能監控狀離 機械的一個實施例的一個圖式。 狀L 所- Ϊ二十圖U表示電路的一個圖式,其包括在第四圖 :=個數位信號處理器(DSP)㈣郵件 理裝置的一個實施例中。 |地 個郵十圖B係表示—個電路的—個圖式,#包括在一 =&相中斷服務例行程序的一個實施例中,其包括在 】2Γ所示的這個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態郵件信 相〒斷處理裝置中。 -個Li十圖c係表示另—個電路的-個圖式,其包括在 信箱中斷服務例行程序的一個實施例中,其包括 示的這個數位信號處理器(dsp)狀態郵件 1口相中斷處理裝置中。 【光碟機的綜述】 磾機二:圖表示根據本發明的一個光碟機100。這個光 =。係具有一個旋轉馬達101 (在第一圖係稱為軸心驅 1〇〇" ,/、表面係设置一個光學媒體102。這個光碟機 :傳具Λ一個光學掏取單元(_ ”03,其藉由- (opin 手臂104以機械地控制。這個光學擷取單元 105 Θ hi 係具有一個光源,其藉由一個雷射驅動裝置 105以電性地控制。這個光學擷取單元(〇ρυ)ι〇3進一步Fig. 19 is a diagram showing an embodiment of the continuous performance monitoring mechanism shown in Fig. 9. State L—- Twenty Figure U represents a schematic diagram of a circuit, which is included in the fourth figure: an embodiment of a digital signal processor (DSP) and mail processing device. | A post B Figure 10 represents a circuit—a pattern, #includes an embodiment of the & phase interrupt service routine, which includes the digital signal processor shown in [2Γ] (DSP) status mail message phase processing device. One Li ten diagram c is a diagram showing another circuit, which is included in one embodiment of the mailbox interrupt service routine, which includes the digital signal processor (dsp) status mail shown in FIG. Interrupt processing device. [Overview of the Optical Disc Drive] Unit 2: The figure shows an optical disc drive 100 according to the present invention. This light =. The system has a rotating motor 101 (referred to as the axis drive 100 in the first picture), and an optical medium 102 is provided on the surface. This optical disc drive: a conveyer Λ an optical extraction unit (_ "03, It is mechanically controlled by-(opin arm 104. This optical acquisition unit 105 Θ hi is provided with a light source which is electrically controlled by a laser driving device 105. This optical acquisition unit (〇ρυ) ι〇3 further

第34頁 1223795 — 案號 91100910 年月日 修正 五、發明說明(26) 具有光學偵測裝置,其提供一個控制器1 〇 6的信號。這個 控制器1 0 6可以藉著控制這個旋轉馬達1 〇 1、經由這個傳動 裝置手臂104控制這個光學擷取單元(〇PU)1〇3的位置及 導向、以及經由控制這個雷射驅動裝置丨0 5控制這個光學 棟取單元(OPU ) 103中光源的光學功率,藉以控制這個光 學媒體102的旋轉速度。 這個控制器1 0 6係具有讀取/寫入處理1 1 〇、伺服系統 1 2 0、以及界面1 3 0。這個讀取/寫入處理丨丨〇係控制自這 個光學媒體1 〇 2讀取資料及寫入資料至這個光學媒體1 〇 2。 這個讀取/寫入處理11 〇係經由這個界面丨3 〇輸出資料至一 個主機(圖中未示)。這個伺服系統12〇係控制這個旋轉 馬達101的速度、這個光學擷取單元(0PU) 1〇3的位置、 =及根據來自這個讀取/寫入處理丨丨〇的信號控制雷射功 率。再者,這個伺服系統1 2 〇係確認這些操作參數(例 如丄聚焦、追蹤、以及旋轉馬達速度)係加以〃控制,藉以 使貧料可以讀取自或寫入至這個光學媒體丨〇 2。 曰 八這個光學媒體102可以具有預先掌控部分及可寫入 分。舉例來說,這些預先掌控部分可以在製造時加以° 藉以具有一個内容提供者所提供的内容。這個内容, :列來說,可以包括:聲音資料、視訊資料、X字資料、 2任何能夠提供於這個光學媒體102的其他 的可寫入部分可以由這個光碟咖;:個先以 ^供廷個光學媒體丨〇2未來使用的資料。舉例 / 可以將筆記或其他資訊寫在這個光學媒體i〇2^ j舉例Page 34 1223795 — Case No. 91100910 Amendment V. Description of the Invention (26) It has an optical detection device that provides a signal from the controller 106. The controller 106 can control the position and guidance of the optical pickup unit 10 through the transmission arm 104 and the laser driving device by controlling the rotary motor 101 and the transmission arm 104. 0 5 controls the optical power of the light source in the optical building unit (OPU) 103 to control the rotation speed of the optical medium 102. The controller 106 has a read / write process 110, a servo system 120, and an interface 130. This read / write process 丨 丨 〇 controls reading data from the optical medium 102 and writing data to the optical medium 102. This read / write process 11 0 is used to output data to a host (not shown) via this interface. The servo system 120 controls the speed of the rotary motor 101, the position of the optical pickup unit (0PU) 103, and controls the laser power according to the signal from the read / write process. Furthermore, the servo system 12 confirms that these operating parameters (such as focus, tracking, and speed of the rotary motor) are controlled so that the lean material can be read from or written to the optical medium. The optical medium 102 may have a pre-control part and a writable part. For example, these pre-control sections can be added at the time of manufacture to have content provided by a content provider. This content, for example, can include: sound data, video data, X data, 2 any other writable part that can be provided on this optical media 102 can be made from this CD; Data for future use of this optical media. Example / Can write notes or other information on this optical media i〇2 ^ jExample

1223795 修正 號 91100Q10 五、發明說明(27) 來,,這個光碟機100可以將校正資料或其他操作 入延個光學媒體102,藉以用於這個光碟機1〇〇 、個光學 媒體102的未來操作。適用於這個光碟機100的光 一個例子係由Da tap 1 ay公司所提佴,豆你於i 、 州包德市UcnUder)内 丨位於美國科羅拉多 這個光碟機1 0 〇可以包括於任何主機中,舉例 :;及】:f置。在部分實施例+,這個光碟機100 5:= 一個相當小的外觀尺寸,諸如:約10. 5羞米高、 5〇鏟未寬、以及40釐米深。 第一圖B係表示這個光學媒體1 02的一個例子。這個光 干媒體102可以具有預先掌控部分】5〇及可寫入部分a】的 1何組成。舉例來說,這些預先掌控部分15〇可以在製造 時:以寫入,藉以具有一個内容提供者所提供的内容。舉 :來說,這個内容可以包括:聲音資料、視訊資料、文字 二枓、或任何能夠提供於這個光學媒體1〇2的其他 這個ί學媒體1 02的可寫入部分可以由這個光碟機100寫 入,精以提供這個光學媒體1〇2未來使 :’=者”寫入筆記、保留互動狀態(例如心例遊來戲 ^書籍或其他資訊於這個光學媒體102上。舉 ^來,,這個光碟機1〇〇可以將校正資料或其他操作資料 二個光學媒體102,藉以用於這個光碟機100於這個光 rH2的未來操作。在部分實施例中,這個光學媒體 102係八有一個内部區域153,其接近於一個軸心存取區域 Upmdle access ) 152。一個識別碼(bar c〇de )可以1223795 Amendment No. 91100Q10 V. Description of Invention (27) In the future, the optical disc drive 100 may incorporate correction data or other operations into an optical medium 102 for future operation of the optical disc drive 100 and the optical medium 102. An example of the light suitable for this optical disc drive 100 is provided by Da tap 1 ay company. It is located in Ucn (UcnUder, Baode, I.) 丨 This optical disc drive 1 in Colorado, USA can be included in any host, Example:; and]: f set. In some embodiments +, the optical disc drive 100 5: = a relatively small appearance size, such as: about 10.5 cm high, 50 mm wide, and 40 cm deep. The first figure B shows an example of this optical medium 102. This optical dry medium 102 may have a pre-controlling portion [50] and a writable portion [a]. For example, these pre-control sections 15 may be manufactured at the time of writing: to have content provided by a content provider. For example, this content can include: audio data, video data, text erlang, or any other writable part of this optical media 102 that can be provided in this optical media 102 can be written by this optical disc drive 100 Write in order to provide this optical medium 102. In the future: '= 者' write notes and retain interactive states (such as minds, play, play, books, or other information on this optical medium 102. For example, come, The optical disc drive 100 can use calibration data or other operational data as two optical media 102 for future operation of the optical disc drive 100 in the optical rH2. In some embodiments, the optical media 102 has an internal Area 153, which is close to an axis access area Upmdle access) 152. An identification code (bar code) may

1223795 曰 一修正 直號911 η_ η 五、發明說明(28) ϊϋ;:: 5域153的一個部分上。這個光學媒體1。2的 =買取口Ρ刀係開始於這個可寫入部分151的 圖Β所示。在部分實施例中,這個 ^ 第 在外徑,而韭免^ ^ J罵入4分1 51可以是位 中,亦可個光學媒體102的部分實施例 2 了以包括一個無法使用的外部區域154。 這個光學媒體1〇2的這些預先掌控部分 ;! ^ t ^^ ^ Λ 7/r 先ί=m°0:的資料處理器可以根據存取的這些預 脈速ΐ::個;或34些可寫入部分151,進而使用不同的時 Ξίΐ。= 100亦必須能夠讀取及寫入資料以各 2 -:ΐ ’母當包括這個光學媒體的-個新卡匠被插 是否包::2 ; 1 ° 〇必須能夠決定在這個光學媒體1。2上 度传不、並且調整驅動參數’如果其資料密 度係不冋於先别使用的光學媒體丨〇 2。 立中第::ΑΛ表示這個傳動裝置手臂104的-個實施例, : 运個先予擷取單元(OPU ) 103係設置於一端。第二 ^ ^ 1 〇4 ^ - ^ ^ ^ ( Pi η ) 200 7 ^供;V固傳動裝置手臂叫以繞著軸線203的旋轉樞軸 。,個傳動裝置201 ’其在部分實施例中可以是 位!! 一:永久磁鐵上方的磁性線圈,提供以一個 繞線這個轴線203的一個旋轉運動。這個 步具有一個撓軸204。這個光學摘取 線胃的一個運動,其大體上垂直於繞著這個軸 、友03的方疋轉運動’ ^藉由起動一個傳動裝置線圈2〇6以1223795 Said a correction No. 911 η_ η V. Description of the invention (28) ϊϋ; :: Part of the 5 field 153. The optical media 1.2 = the buying port P is the one shown in Figure B of the writable portion 151. In some embodiments, this ^ is in the outer diameter, and J ^ ^ ^ 4 points 1 51 can be in place, or part of the optical media 102 embodiment 2 to include an unusable external area 154 . These pre-controlled parts of this optical medium 102;! ^ T ^^ ^ Λ 7 / r First ί = m ° 0: The data processor can access the pre-pulse speed according to the access :: A; or 34 The writable portion 151 can be used differently. = 100 must also be able to read and write data to each 2-: ΐ 'when a new cardmaker including this optical medium is inserted: 2; 1 ° 〇 must be able to decide on this optical medium 1. 2 Do not upload and adjust the driving parameters' if its data density is not less than the optical media used before the first. The middle position: ΑΛ represents an embodiment of the transmission arm 104, and: an advance retrieval unit (OPU) 103 is disposed at one end. The second ^ ^ 1 〇4 ^-^ ^ ^ (Pi η) 200 7 ^; the V-fixed transmission arm is called a rotation pivot around the axis 203. The transmission device 201 ′ may be a bit in some embodiments! One: The magnetic coil above the permanent magnet provides a rotational movement around the axis 203. This step has a flexure 204. This optical picking is a movement of the stomach, which is substantially perpendicular to the square rotation motion of the friend 03 around this axis. ^ By activating a transmission coil 206 to

第37頁 1223795 - 案號 91100910 年月日 修正 五、發明說明(29) 提供。在部分實施例中,這些傳動裝置2 〇 6及2 〇 1可以是發 聲線圈。 第二圖B及第二圖C係這個光學擷取單元(〇pu ) 1〇3的 一個實施例。第二圖B的這個光學擷取單元(〇pu ) 1 〇 3係 包括一個潛望鏡210,其具有反射表面2n、212、及213。 這個潛望鏡2 1 0係設置在一個透明的光學區塊2 1 4上。一個 物鏡2 2 3係位置在側壁2 2 1上,並且設置於四分之一光波平 板(QWP ) 222上,其係設置於這個潛望鏡21 〇上。接著, 這個潛望鏡2 1 0係設置於一個反轉鏡面2 1 6及側壁2 2 4上, 其係設置於一個矽次基座21 5上。一個雷射2 1 8係設置於一 個雷射基座217上,且位置於這個矽次基座215上。再者, 债測裝置2 2 5及2 2 6係位置且設置於這個;5夕基板2 1 5上。在 部分實施例中,一個高頻振盪器(HFO ) 2 1 9可以設置以緊 鄰這個石夕次基座2 1 5上的這個雷射射2 1 8,藉以提供這個雷 射2 1 8的雷射光束輸出的調變。 這個雷射2 1 8係提供一個光束2 2 4,其係藉由這個反轉 鏡面216而反射至這個透明區塊21〇。隨後,這個光束224 係藉由這些反射鏡面212及213而反射至這個物鏡223及至 這個光學媒體1 02 (如第一圖所示)。在部分實施例中, 這些反射表面212及213可以是與極化相關的,且可以調整 而反射來自這個雷射218的大體上所有光束。這個四分之 一光波平板(QWP ) 222係旋轉這個雷射光束224的極性。 來自這個光學媒體102的反射光束230係由這個物鏡 230收集並聚焦於這個潛望鏡2 1〇中。這個反射光束23〇的Page 37 1223795-Case No. 91100910 Amendment V. Description of Invention (29). In some embodiments, these transmission devices 2006 and 2001 may be sound coils. The second figure B and the second figure C are an embodiment of the optical capture unit (〇pu) 103. The optical acquisition unit (〇pu) 103 series of the second figure B includes a periscope 210 having reflective surfaces 2n, 212, and 213. The periscope 2 1 0 is set on a transparent optical block 2 1 4. An objective lens 2 2 3 is located on the side wall 2 2 1 and is disposed on a quarter light wave plate (QWP) 222, which is disposed on the periscope 21 0. Next, the periscope 2 10 is disposed on a reverse mirror 2 16 and a side wall 2 2 4, which is disposed on a silicon submount 21 5. A laser 218 is disposed on a laser base 217 and is positioned on the silicon sub-base 215. Furthermore, the debt measuring devices 2 2 5 and 2 2 6 are in positions and are arranged on this; the 5th base plate 2 1 5. In some embodiments, a high-frequency oscillator (HFO) 2 1 9 may be provided in close proximity to the laser 2 1 8 on the Shixian base 2 1 5 to provide a laser of the laser 2 1 8 Modulation of the beam output. The laser 2 1 8 provides a light beam 2 2 4 which is reflected to the transparent block 21 0 by the inversion mirror 216. Subsequently, the light beam 224 is reflected by the reflecting mirror surfaces 212 and 213 to the objective lens 223 and to the optical medium 102 (as shown in the first figure). In some embodiments, these reflective surfaces 212 and 213 may be polarization-dependent and may be adjusted to reflect substantially all light beams from this laser 218. The quarter-wave plate (QWP) 222 rotates the polarity of the laser beam 224. The reflected light beam 230 from the optical medium 102 is collected by the objective lens 230 and focused in the periscope 2110. This reflected beam of 23

第38頁 1223795Page 1223 23795

二部'(Λ”實施例中約5〇%)係穿透這個反射表面 230 f H圪個光學偵測裝置226。再者,這個反射光束 面? u L刀,穿透运個反射表面21 2,並經由這個反射表 226你署卩卩2廷個偵測裝置225。由於這些偵測裝置225及 彳目& 沾路徑距離差異,這個偵測裝置226係位置於這 面如r個偵測裝置225係位置於這個 “、、.·4後面,如第二圖C所示的光線圖。 .r :fD係根據本發明的偵測裝置225及226的一個實 2 3 /、9 ^固偵'則裝置2 2 5係具有一個陣列的光學偵測裝置 裝置、^233,其位置於一個基座215上。每個個別的 UK這二23 3,係電性搞合,藉以 22ft肯呈古控制〇6的化#bA、E、及C。這個偵測裝置 ^ Ϊ 一陣列的偵測裝置,偵測裝置234、235、及 部八杏別提供輸入這個控制器1 〇6的信號Β、F、Ε。在 Ε、F ? : : Γι ’中心偵測裝置232、235,其分別提供信號 體102旋韓味在這個傳動裝置手臂104繞著這個光學媒 ρ 、,約略地與這個光學媒體1 0 2的軌道對齊。 這個二裝以严由量測這些信號A、C的總和及The second part (about 50% in the Λ) embodiment penetrates the reflective surface 230 f H and an optical detection device 226. Furthermore, the reflected beam surface? U knife penetrates the reflective surface 21 2, and through this reflection table 226, you have 2 detection devices 225. Due to the difference in the distance between these detection devices 225 and the head & path, this detection device 226 is located on this side as r detection The measuring device 225 is located behind this ", ...", as shown in the second light pattern in Figure C. .r: fD is a real detection device 225 and 226 according to the present invention. 2 3 /, 9 ^ solid detection 'device 2 2 5 is an optical detection device device with an array, ^ 233, which is located in a On the base 215. Each individual UK 23, 3, is electrically connected, and 22ft Ken Cheng controls # 6A # E, E, and C. This detection device ^ Ϊ An array of detection devices, detection devices 234, 235, and Yaba Xingbei provide signals B, F, E input to this controller 106. At Ε, F?:: Γι 'the center detection devices 232 and 235, respectively, provide the signal body 102 and rotate the Korean flavor in the transmission device arm 104 around the optical medium ρ, and approximately the same as the optical medium 1 2 Track alignment. These two devices measure the sum of these signals A, C and

總和及這‘偵測裝置2心2 =E、之士間差異及這些信號B、D的 個追蹤監控沪置^葬、心仏唬15*之間差異以決定^一 間差里另二 了以猎由監控這個偵測裝置225信號A、C 於這個貞測裝置226信號B、D間差異以提供。適用The sum of this' detection device 2 heart 2 = E, the difference between gentlemen, and the tracking of these signals B, D monitor the difference between Shanghai set burial, heart bluff 15 * to determine ^ one difference is the other This is provided by monitoring the difference between the signals A and C of the detection device 225 and the signals B and D of the detection device 226. Be applicable

Datapi ay公司提的供這個^學擷取單元(〇PU ) 1 〇3係可以由 刁如供,其位於美國科羅拉多州包德市。 1223795 修正 曰 差^ 91100910 五、發明說明(31) 一 這個光碟機1 〇 〇 (第一圖)的實施例,相較於習知的 光碟:動系統,係呈現出許多個控制系統的挑戰、。舉例來 說、、個習知的光碟機驅動系統係藉由在這個光碟的一個 軌,上徑向移動光學機構以執行一個兩階層追蹤操作;以 $相,於這個光碟地移動一個聚焦透鏡以執行一個兩 階段〃聚焦操作。這個傳動裝置手臂104的傳動裝置2〇 j及 2 0 6、係提供單一階段的操作,其在部分實施例中,仍然執 灯以相同的效能,相較於習知光碟機於習知光學媒體的效 能三再者,習知的光碟驅動系統係遠大於這個光碟機的部 分實施例。部分主要差異係包括:這個傳動裝置手臂1 的位置,其操作以繞著這個軸心2〇〇的一個旋轉方式(用 以追蹤)、及利用繞線軸線204的一個撓性動作於聚 焦)。另外,由這個光學擷取單元(〇pu ) 1〇 、 八^、肫务”、謂的特徵,在這個光學擷= (OPU ) 1 03放置在這個光學媒體丨〇 2的一個預先掌栌 上方及在這個光學媒體1 0 2的一個可寫入控部分上^ 係不相同的。最終,這些信號AR、BR、CR、CD、er、及⑽ 在一個讀取動作及一個寫入動作間亦不相同。 可以預見地,由一個一個重量較重且體積較大的習知 設計改良至一個重量較輕的結構設計,諸如:' 妒 臂1〇4所介紹,可能會導致相關於結構共振的許多^置。乎 -般而t,機械共振的大小會隨著尺寸相_ 頻库會隨著尺寸的縮小而增加。爯去,力、丄加播 ,、 _中的聚焦傳動及追縱傳動二f地=The Data Acquisition Unit provided by this Data Acquisition Unit (〇PU) 1 03 can be provided by Diao Ruguo, which is located in Baode, Colorado, USA. 1223795 Correct the difference ^ 91100910 V. Description of the invention (31)-This embodiment of the optical disc drive 100 (the first picture), compared with the conventional optical disc: moving system, presents many challenges of the control system, . For example, a conventional optical disc drive system moves a optical mechanism radially on a track of the optical disc to perform a two-level tracking operation; in the phase of $, a focusing lens is moved on the optical disc to Perform a two-stage 〃focus operation. The transmission devices 20j and 206 of the transmission arm 104 provide a single-stage operation. In some embodiments, they still hold the lights with the same performance, compared to the conventional optical disc drive and the conventional optical media. In addition, the conventional optical disc drive system is much larger than some embodiments of this optical disc drive. Some of the main differences are: the position of the transmission arm 1, its operation is a rotation (about tracking) around the axis of 2000, and a flexible action on the winding axis 204 to focus). In addition, the features of the optical capture unit (〇pu) 10, 八, 肫 service, and predicate are placed above this optical capture unit (OPU) 1 03 on a pre-held palm of the optical medium. And it is not the same on a writable control part of this optical medium 102. In the end, these signals AR, BR, CR, CD, er, and ⑽ are also between a reading operation and a writing operation. Not the same. It is foreseeable that an improvement from a conventional design that is heavier and larger to a lighter structural design, such as: 'Introduction to the jealous arm 104, may lead to structural resonance Many settings. In general, the size of the mechanical resonance will increase with the size of the frequency phase. The frequency library will increase with the reduction of the size. Elimination of the force, focus, and broadcast, focus drive and tracking drive in _ Two f ground =

1223795 _案號9〗inflQin 發明說明(32) 曰 修正 :ΐ : 5置手臂1。4中,藉此’在習知設計中,這個傳動 裝置及追蹤傳動係更加正交且因此更交㈣ 個傳動 (decoupled ) ° A 各山认务 學元件係隼中於、在這個光碟機10〇中的所有光 取在曰,、集中於廷個光學擷取單元(〇PU ) 103,在诘蹤乃 2 = f會可以經歷到-個更大數量的光學交ί = 能推地Ϊ = 5系,120必須將這個伺服系統的頻寬盡可 人 1 疋,精以在無誤差地回應機械及光學交互搞 二外::二ΐ這個傳動裝置手臂ι〇4中激發出機械共振。 ;故個光碟機100所提供的降低頻寬,在系统響 、 k個光學媒體10 2係較為微小且結構上較不精 u光碟機間及在各種不同光學媒體間的操作變動可能 曰使k個光碟機10 0的控制操作更為複雜。 接著,這個控制系統106中這個伺服系統12〇所面對的 固2要挑戟係包括:在操作於更接近這個頻寬的大量交 口及非線性系統響應、以及在光學媒體間及不同光碟 嫵二的沾重/1變動中’操作以更低的頻寬。另外,這個光碟 f 2〇胃的效能應該匹配或超過習知CD 4DVD光碟機的效能, γΠ疋在執道费度或資料密度等方面。另外,這個光碟機 舄要、准持與其他類似光碟機的相容性,藉以使這個光 :!體102可以由這個光碟機1〇〇移除或由另一個類似光碟 機讀取或寫入。 ^部分的習知伺服系統係類比伺服。在一個類比環境 中,這個伺服系統會受到類比計算的限制。然而,這個控1223795 _ Case No. 9〗 inflQin Description of the invention (32) Modification: ΐ: 5 sets the arm 1.4, so that 'in the conventional design, this transmission device and tracking drive train are more orthogonal and therefore more intertwined Transmission (decoupled) ° A. All the components of the cognition system are in the optical disc drive, and all the light in the optical disc drive is taken into account. It is concentrated in the optical pickup unit (〇PU) 103. 2 = f will be able to experience a larger number of optical interactions = = can push the ground Ϊ = 5 series, 120 must make the bandwidth of this servo system as good as 1 疋, in order to respond to mechanical and optical without error Interaction with the two outside :: Second, this transmission device arm ι04 excited mechanical resonance. ; Therefore, the reduced bandwidth provided by an optical disc drive 100, in the system sound, k optical media 10 2 series is relatively small and less structured u operating changes between optical disc drives and between various different optical media may say k The control operation of the optical disc drive 100 is more complicated. Next, the servo system 12 faced by the control system 106 in the control system includes: operating at a large number of intersections closer to this bandwidth and non-linear system response, and between optical media and different optical disks. Two of the heavy weight / 1 change in 'operation with lower bandwidth. In addition, the performance of this disc f 20 stomach should match or exceed the performance of the conventional CD 4 DVD player, γΠ 疋 in terms of operating costs or data density. In addition, this optical disc drive requires and maintains compatibility with other similar optical disc drives, so that the light :! body 102 can be removed by this optical disc drive 100 or read or written by another similar optical disc drive. . ^ Some of the conventional servo systems are analog servos. In an analog environment, this servo system is limited by analog calculations. However, this control

第41頁 1223795 mwu ΰΐιυυυιυ 五、發明說明(33) 制系統1 06係可以具有一個大體上數位的伺服系統。一 數位的伺服系統,諸如:這個伺服系統丨2〇,於執 控制問題的解答時,係具有一個更高的相容性。一個系:入 的數位伺服系統係僅僅受限於設計者撰寫數碼的能力^ 〇 ^提^的記憶體儲存裝置’其中儲存有資料及數碼。隨 4 ,廷個伺服系統1 20的實施例係可以操作於個 i。。所呈現的更粗链控制環境中,且能夠具有更新= nv20及微调這個伺服系統120的更高活動性,相較於 習知的光碟驅動系統。 相权於 這個光碟機100的進—步要求係包括:誤 光碟機10。的實施例,其具有一個小外觀G, ;:=Γ =於可攜式套裝產品中。因此,這個光碟機100 ^ j 7文嚴重的機械震動及溫度改變,其均可^旦 學媒體102的能力 例子中’刚可靠地寫入這個光 【控制系統的信號處理綜述】 中處理信‘1:J:’其係表示在-個光碟機控制系統 塊圖,其中,個實施例中所包含元件的-個方 302、一個數位γ "控制系統係包括:一個處理器 細。這==理^ 能,而這個數位作W執行診斷及其他非時間關鍵的功 的功能。這個處二二理/ (DSP) 304則是執行時間關鍵 态302及這個數位信號處理器(DSP)Page 41 1223795 mwu ΰΐιυυυιυ V. Description of the invention (33) Control system 1 06 series can have a generally digital servo system. A digital servo system, such as this servo system, has a higher compatibility when it comes to answering control questions. One department: The digital servo system is only limited by the designer's ability to write digital data. ^ ^ ^ Memory storage device ^ which stores data and digital data. With 4, the embodiment of the servo system 120 can be operated at i. . In the presented thicker chain control environment, it is possible to have the higher activity of the servo system 120 with update = nv20 and fine-tuning, compared with the conventional optical disc drive system. The requirements for the further progress of the optical disc drive 100 include: the error optical disc drive 10. The embodiment has a small appearance G;; = Γ = in a portable package product. Therefore, this optical disc drive 100 ^ j 7 serious mechanical vibration and temperature changes, which can be used in the example of the ability of the media 102 'just reliably write this light [control system signal processing review] processing information' 1: J: 'It is a block diagram of a control system for an optical disc drive, in which the components included in the embodiment are a square 302, a digital gamma " control system includes: a processor. This is a logical function, and this number is used to perform diagnostic and other non-time critical functions. Here, the second processor / (DSP) 304 is the execution time critical state 302 and the digital signal processor (DSP)

第42頁 1223795Page 1223 23795

304可以共同放置於相同的晶片上,並在部分實施例中, 可以經由這個郵件信箱3 〇 6通信。在其他的實施例中,這 個處理器302及這個數位信號處理器(Dsp)3〇4可以經由 其他合適的裝置通信,諸如:一個資料匯流排、串連界 面、或共享的、雙埠的記憶體。ST微電子型號34 — 00003 —03,其可以由位於瑞士日内瓦的§7微電子公司提供,即 是適合用做這個處理器302及這個數位信號處理器(DSp) 304的一個微處理器晶片的一個例子。304 may be co-located on the same chip, and in some embodiments, may communicate via this mail box 306. In other embodiments, the processor 302 and the digital signal processor (Dsp) 304 can communicate via other suitable devices, such as a data bus, a serial interface, or shared, dual-port memory body. ST Microelectronics Model 34 — 00003 — 03, which can be provided by §7 Microelectronics, located in Geneva, Switzerland, that is suitable for use as a microprocessor chip for this processor 302 and this digital signal processor (DSp) 304 one example.

這個數位信號處理器(DSP)3〇4可以由這個處理器 3 0 2主制,其搭配校正及誤差回復功能以執行全部的控制 功能。這個數位信號處理器(DSP ) 3〇4係包括:指令,用 以於一個非常高的取樣速度控制聚焦及追蹤,並且這個數 位信號處理器(DSP ) 3 04亦會產生高階補償信號。這個處 理器3 0 2係在偵測到誤差時取得控制權,然後,這個祠服 系統1 2 0中的元件(第一圖a )需要進行調整,或這個操作 需要中止。這個處理器3 0 2係經由這個郵件信箱3 〇 6發出命 令至這個數位信號處理器(DSP ) 3 0 4,而這個數位信號處 理器(DSP ) 3 04則會使用這個郵件信箱3 〇 6以提供資訊至 這個處理器3 0 2 ’其相關於如何執行這些要求的功能。The digital signal processor (DSP) 304 can be mastered by the processor 302, which is equipped with correction and error recovery functions to perform all control functions. The digital signal processor (DSP) 304 series includes: instructions for controlling focus and tracking at a very high sampling speed, and the digital signal processor (DSP) 304 also generates high-order compensation signals. The processor 300 obtains control when an error is detected. Then, the components in the temple service system 120 (the first picture a) need to be adjusted, or this operation needs to be suspended. The processor 3 02 sends commands to the digital signal processor (DSP) 3 0 4 via the mail box 3 06, and the digital signal processor (DSP) 3 04 uses the mail box 3 06 to Provide information to this processor 3 02 'which relates to how to perform these requested functions.

在部分貫施例中’這個處理器3 0 2係接收一個缺陷信 號308、一個紅轉速度彳§?虎310、及一個角旋轉速度信號 31 2 ’並輸出一個旋轉控制信號31 4、一個旋轉及追縱偏壓 信號31 6、及一個雷射控制信號31 8。這個處理器3 〇 2亦輸 出一個重設信號3 2 0以重新起動這個數位信號處理器In some embodiments, the processor 3 0 2 receives a defect signal 308, a red rotation speed 彳 §? Tiger 310, and an angular rotation speed signal 31 2 'and outputs a rotation control signal 31 4 and a rotation. And a tracking bias signal 31 6 and a laser control signal 31 8. The processor 3 2 also outputs a reset signal 3 2 0 to restart the digital signal processor.

第43頁 1223795 _1號 9lif)nmn 修正 曰 五、發明說明(35) (DSP ) 304。這個數位信號處理器 角旋轉速度信號312、一個#Ϋ Sp ) 304係接收這個 傾4、一個鏡面信號32ΓΛ執率酋㈣,:一個光學信 個缺陷信號308。這個數位γ 乂叉“號328、及這 信號係包括··-個聚隹數;;理器(DSP) 304的輸出 ^ I. it I, f.J .1332: ^ Λ . 1 ^ ^330 ' 在部分實施例中,這個郵件::二334。 這個數位信號處理器(Dsp) 相306係應用中斷以與 Λ ^ , ) 3〇4及运個處理器3022界面。 在口Ρ刀只施例中,一個固定數目: 供,且每個郵件信箱中斷 二:相中斷係可以提 在其他實施例中,經由一個郵個特定訊息。 息可以改變,2一個可變數目: ;::::通信的這個訊 (在另-個實施例t,一相中斷係可以提供 5| (DSP ) 304 ^ λ # 個中斷可以在這個數位信號處理 裔) 304寫入其中一個郵 數位信號處理器卿)304產:“。目:存f置時,一由這個 表示郵件信箱訊息的例子,盆 :,A至第二_係 在這個處理器302及這個數位、;^由;I㈣;;件信箱306而 信。 数位仏唬處理益(DSP ) 304間通 第二圖A係處理器寫入/數位信號處理 郵件信箱340於十六個時槽的 讀取 個處理益302發出訊息至這個數位信號處理 3 0 4。在部分實施例中,這此二 器302讀取或寫入,作A檑;暫存装置了 U利用這個處理 (DSP) 304^1 - 以利用這個數位信號處理器 )45貝取。別三個郵件信箱訊息係數位信號處理器 第44頁 1223795 _案號91】f)ncnn ΛΆ 修正 曰 五、發明說明(36) (DSP )控制暫存裝置,如第三圖β至第三圖ρ所定義。這 三個控制暫存裝置個別具有十六個位元,其可以設定或清 除以控制聚焦、轨道、或搜尋功能,進而提供信號及路徑 位址、補償參數、及讀取//寫入元件(諸如:這個雷射) 的開/關切換裝置。在這個郵件信箱34〇中其他訊息的例 子係包括:加速參數、聚焦及軌道增益參數的偏移及平移 數值:感應裝置臨界偵測數值、以交互干擾補償。 ^二圖Ε係處理器讀取/數位信號處理器(DSp)寫入 郵件化相342於十六個時槽的訊息的例子,其係用以自這 個數位,信號處理器(DSP ) 304發出訊息至這個處理器 〇 2些訊息係用以傳推與聚焦、軌道、及搜尋誤差有 ,的。在部分實施例中,這些暫存裝置可以利用這個 、/仏號處理器(D S P ) 3 0 4讀取或寫入,但其僅可以利用 器3〇2讀取。這個郵件信箱342係具有一個或更多 =暫存裝置,其具有位元以設定傳推聚焦、執道、及 哥,、作=狀態,舉例來說:如第三圖F及第三圖g所示。 取代要Ϊ意的是’其他訊息及暫存裝置亦可以包括於’或 ’第二圖Α至第三圖g所示的這些訊息及暫存裝置。 含的請參考第四圖,其係表示在這個處理器3 02中包 ^八σ碼元件的部分實施例的一個圖式。這些數碼元件係 的於軟體、動體、硬體、或軟體、勤體、硬體 在部八ΐ ί中的各個組的指令,如熟習此技藝者所瞭解。 404、刀貫化例中,這些元件可以包括:一個伺服線程 個即時作業系統(RTOS ) 4 0 6、一個動力中斷Page 43 1223795 No. _1 9lif) nmn Amendment V. Invention Description (35) (DSP) 304. The digital signal processor angular rotation speed signal 312, a # Ϋ Sp) 304 receive the tilt, a mirror signal 32 Γ 执 enforcement rate, an optical signal and a defect signal 308. The number γ 乂 Fork "No. 328, and this signal system includes a number of aggregates; the output of the processor (DSP) 304 ^ I. it I, fJ. 1332: ^ Λ. 1 ^ ^ 330 'in In some embodiments, this email :: 334. This digital signal processor (Dsp) phase 306 is used to interrupt the interface with Λ ^,) 304 and the processor 3022. In the example of the port knife , A fixed number: supply, and each mail box is interrupted 2: phase interruption can be provided in other embodiments, a specific message through a post. The information can be changed, 2 a variable number:; :::: communication This message (in another embodiment, a one-phase interrupt system can provide 5 | (DSP) 304 ^ λ # interrupts can be processed in this digital signal processor) 304 written in one of the digital signal processor : ". Objective: When storing f, an example of the mail box message represented by this, basin :, A to the second _ is in the processor 302 and the number, ^ by; I㈣ ;; letter box 306 and letter. Digital bluff processing benefit (DSP) 304 intercommunication Second picture A series processor write / digital signal processing mail box 340 read sixteen time slots read processing benefit 302 send a message to this digital signal processing 3 0 4 . In some embodiments, these two devices 302 read or write as A 檑; the temporary storage device U uses this processing (DSP) 304 ^ 1-to use this digital signal processor) 45 fetch. The other three mail box message coefficient bit signal processors Page 44 1223795 _ Case No. 91] f) ncnn ΛΆ Amended the fifth, the description of the invention (36) (DSP) control temporary storage device, such as the third picture β to third picture as defined by ρ. Each of the three control temporary storage devices has sixteen bits, which can be set or cleared to control focus, track, or search functions, and then provide signal and path addresses, compensation parameters, and read / write elements ( Such as: this laser) on / off switching device. Examples of other messages in this e-mail box 34 are: the offset and translation values of acceleration parameters, focus and orbital gain parameters: critical detection values of the sensing device, and interactive interference compensation. ^ Second figure: Example of E processor reading / digital signal processor (DSp) writing message in mailing phase 342 in sixteen time slots. Messages to this processor. Some messages are used to transmit push and focus, orbit, and search errors. In some embodiments, these temporary storage devices can be read or written by using the / # processor (DSP) 300, but they can only be read by the device 300. This mail box 342 has one or more = temporary storage devices, which have bits to set the tweet focus, execution, and brother, and the operation status, for example: as shown in the third figure F and the third figure g As shown. Instead, it is to be noted that ‘other messages and temporary storage devices may also be included in’ or ‘these messages and temporary storage devices shown in FIGS. 2A to 3G. For details, please refer to the fourth figure, which is a diagram showing some embodiments of the ^ σ code element included in this processor 302. These digital components are instructions of software, moving body, hardware, or groups of software, service, and hardware in the Ministry of Education, as those skilled in the art know. 404. In the knife-through example, these components may include: a servo thread, a real-time operating system (RTOS) 406, a power interruption

1223795 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(37) 408、一個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態郵件信箱中斷處理 裝置410、一個旋轉控制中斷412、及具有一個讀取/寫入 線程4 1 6的一個應用線程41 4、一個非同步輸入/輸出”” (async I/O)線程418、一個診斷線程42〇、一個計時裝 ϋ程422、一個界面線程424、以及一個檔案系統管理; S.4ZD。 這個動力中斷408係以一個可變的速率,舉 〇在二=期:的一個隱速率至在運作模式期間的-個 以m二期性地執行。在不同模式所使用的速率可 心理:、與伺服相關的頻率、及這個處理器302 谷里以決疋。這個動力中斷4〇8係 ;;^flJ^,^m^7Λ i如了;;;,狀態賴,用以控制這個追縱词服的 轉;-個服的效能,•如:開起及關閉旋 (psa) SA) } 在该測到一個)的頃取士;—個效能監控狀態機械,用以 參數;-個功率==要求一個效能事件或調整驅動 功率狀態間進機械,肖以在這個光碟機的各種 操作驅動模式;;ί射::監控雷射狀態機械,用以利用 以根據這個傳:::率,-個調整增益狀態機械,用 道増益;以及_f手是104的位置,載入最佳聚焦及軌 個光學媒體1。2的固載入/彈出狀態機械,帛以管理包括這 的一個卡匣的載入及釋出。1223795 Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (37) 408, a digital signal processor (DSP) status mail box interrupt processing device 410, a rotation control interrupt 412, and an application with a read / write thread 4 1 6 Thread 41 4. An asynchronous input / output ("async I / O") thread 418, a diagnostic thread 42, a timer installation process 422, an interface thread 424, and a file system management; S.4ZD. This power interruption 408 is performed at a variable rate, ranging from a hidden rate of two periods: to one during the operation mode in two phases. The speed used in the different modes can be determined by: the servo-related frequency, and the processor 302 valley. This power is interrupted in the 408 series; ^ flJ ^, ^ m ^ 7Λi is as good as ;;;, the state depends, to control the turn of this chase service;-the effectiveness of a service, such as: open and Turn off (psa) SA)} One is measured at this time;-a performance monitoring state machine for parameters;-a power == requires a performance event or adjust the driving power state to advance the machine, Xiao Yi Drive modes in various operations of this optical disc drive; 射 :: monitor the laser state machine for use according to this pass ::: rate, a gain-adjusting state machine, use the benefits; and _f 手 是 104 Position, load the best focus and track the optical media 1.2 of the solid loading / ejecting state machine to manage the loading and release of a cassette including this.

第46頁 1223795 --—案號 Qlinnoin_年月日_Ifi 五、發明說明(38) 這個數位信號處理器(DSP )係發出訊息,其可以包 ,:傳送至這個郵件信箱3〇6的資料及/或數位信號處理 器(dsp )狀態資訊。這個數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀態郵 1牛信箱中斷處理裝置41〇係接收數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀 L資訊,並可以要求傳送一個通知事件或一個追縱事件至 這巧=時作業系統(RTOS ) 40 6,若有必要。來自這個郵 件信箱306的這些資料及狀態資訊可以利用這個伺服線程 404及這個動力中斷408加以存取。Page 1223795-Case No. Qlinnoin_year month date_Ifi V. Description of the Invention (38) This digital signal processor (DSP) sends out a message, which can include: the information sent to this mail box 306 And / or digital signal processor (dsp) status information. The status of the digital signal processor (Dsp) is 1-mailbox interrupt processing device 41, which receives digital signal processor (Dsp) status L information, and may request to send a notification event or a tracking event to the operating system. (RTOS) 40 6, if necessary. The data and status information from the mailbox 306 can be accessed using the servo thread 404 and the power interrupt 408.

、在攻個伺服線程4〇4中的這個命令處理裝置係起始動 作以執行不同類型的命令,包括··與讀取及寫入這個光學 】體102 (第圖A)相關的資料轉移命令、以及在工程發 ^間及在使用者操作期間,用以確認這個光碟機1 〇 〇 次# A \功能的診斷命令。第四圖A至第四圖P係表示 ? = 一!1Λ ^斷命令,其可以實施於這個伺服系統1 2 〇 f Μ中。這些診斷命令係可以包括其中,藉以控 隹二Μ钯^關測試及校正各種元件、開起及關閉追蹤及聚 ;、二及誤i閉各種元件、設定增益、偏移、及補償參 ί以;iif!復。這些資料轉移命令係可以包括其中,The command processing device in the attack thread 404 initiates actions to execute different types of commands, including data transfer commands related to reading and writing this optical body 102 (Figure A). And diagnostic commands for confirming the function of the # 100 \ A times of the optical disc drive during project development and during user operation. The fourth picture A to the fourth picture P represent? = One! 1 ^ ^ off command, which can be implemented in this servo system 12 OM. These diagnostic commands can include, among other things, controlling and testing various components, turning on and off tracking and focusing, and closing various components by mistake, setting gains, offsets, and compensation parameters. ; iif! complex. These data transfer orders can be included,

、以旋轉、減速旋轉、載入/彈出-個光學媒 斷命令可以包…個:更。這些資料轉移ί診 圖ρ所示。要注意的是,意:入個參數,如第四圖Α至第四 代,第二 /、他°卩令亦可以包括於,或取 代,第四圖Α至第四圖ρ所示的命人 在這個伺服線程4。4中的這個Y件處理裝置係用以完, Rotate, Decelerate Rotate, Load / Eject-An optical media break command can include ... a: more. These data are transferred as shown in Figure ρ. It should be noted that, meaning: Enter a parameter, such as the fourth figure A to the fourth generation, the second / other order can also be included in, or replaced, the command shown in the fourth figure A to the fourth figure ρ The Y piece processing device in the servo thread 4.4 is used to complete

第47頁 1223795 修正 曰 皇號91100_ 五、發明說明(39) f在這個處理器302内數碼元件間的通信。 中*這個即時作業系統(RT0S)4 匕:” 利用-㈣服周期動力中斷4()8或這個數位牛理、jr以 ,⑽…。6。由這個數1=理出器予(= 所發出的一個通知二)狀態 = = = 一事利用這個動力中_ 以延個數位信號處理器(DSp )狀態 :雪所:出的通知事件要求可以如何處理為例 個光ίϊι’οΛν敲擊這個光碟機100 ’造成失焦時,這 個先碟機100 (第一圖Α)正在追蹤且聚隹正 、 數,信號處理器(DSP)3〇4係包括:數;,藉=J個 二聚焦誤差,並藉以決定是否失去聚焦或追蹤。4 : 號處理器(DSP)3〇4偵測到失焦 ;數 態暫存裝置ί 的2個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀 K子展置中的位兀5 ’係據以設定。這個郵 :j這個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態訊息至這‘ 糸 狀態郵件信箱中斷處理裝置41〇,其; 40fi 事的一個要求至這個即時作業系統(RT0S ) 。廷個即時作業系统(RT〇S)4〇6隨即發出—個通知事 第48頁 1223795Page 47 1223795 Amendment No. 91100_ V. Description of Invention (39) f Communication between digital components in this processor 302. Medium * this real-time operating system (RT0S) 4 dagger: "Using the-service cycle power interruption 4 () 8 or the digital bully, jr, ⑽ ... 6. By this number 1 = 理出 器 予 (= 所A notification sent out) Status = = = One thing is taking advantage of this power _ To extend the digital signal processor (DSp) status: Xuesuo: The notification event request is an example of how to deal with the light ϊ 'ϊ'οΛν hit this disc When the machine 100 'causes defocusing, this disc player 100 (first picture A) is tracking and gathering positive and negative numbers. The signal processor (DSP) 304 series includes: digital numbers; And determine whether to lose focus or tracking. 4: Detector 4 (DSP) 304 detected out of focus; 2 digital signal processors (DSP) in digital state temporary storage device Bit 5 'Based on the setting. This post: j this digital signal processor (DSP) status message to this' 糸 status mail box interrupt processing device 41〇, which; 40fi a request to the real-time operating system (RT0S ). A real-time operating system (RT〇S) 406 was issued immediately-a notice of the 48th 1223795

件以警告攻個伺服線程404。在這個伺服線程404中的這個 事件處理裝置隨即發出一個或更多個命令給這個動力中斷 及這個郵件“箱3 〇 6,藉以採取適當行動,諸如··嘗試 重新關閉聚焦。 , 這個=時作業系統(RTOS ) 40 6可以發出一個命令等 待事件藉以扎示··已經發出一個命令至這個伺服線程 ::藉Γ行一個驅動…諸如]口速旋轉這個光碟 機00 (第:圖a )。另一個事件係一個切換事件,藉以指 不^這個光學媒體102 (第一圖A)的這個卡匣已經插 入或彈出这個光碟機100。這個即時作業系統) ί I=根據在這個動力中斷408中由各個狀態機械所發出 的紅轉、聚焦、及追蹤事件的要求,#出旋 、及 =饲服線程4〇4。這類事件要求通常係根據 個°卩7的元成、或未能完成以發出。 一加=一個旋轉、聚焦、或追蹤可以如何處理為例,假設 ;:ί =程41 4係發出一個伺服命令訊息至這個即時作 ,且這個即時作業系統(RT〇S)4〇6係 心出一個中令專待事件至這個伺服 J議中的這個命令處理裝置係接著發出一== 中斷408。當這個動力中斷408完成這個命令 這個命令的㈣,諸如:一個旋轉、聚焦、/追:二應 k個即時作業系統(RTOS ) 406係產生這個 並將其傳送至這個饲服線幽。隨後,一個】狀 1223795 修正 案號 91100Q10 五、發明說明(41) 態係由這個飼服線程4 〇 4傳送至對應的這個應用線程4 2 4。 ,個,力中斷408亦包括:一個回復狀態機械。在部 例中’這個回復狀態機械係有利地起動欲保留的命 ^ 此其係在偵測及校正—個問題後繼續進行。舉例 J說’ J在處”取命令時谓測到一個關於聚焦的問 ’貝I 固回復狀態機械係儲存這個光碟機】(第一圖 A)的目前狀態、校正這個聚焦問題、清除誤差指示、並 =這個光碟機1〇0的狀態以自其離開時的讀取命令處繼 續進行。 在部分實施例這個應用線程414所執行的功能係 能.廷個旋轉控制中斷412係量測目前的旋轉 ^度、根據目前的執道位置決定正確的旋轉速度、並計算 =信,以維持-個固定速度或改變旋轉程序;這個讀取 程416係管理自這個光碟讀取資料或寫入資料至 418係主要應用於工程測“,以1/0)線程 入姑里祕L t 稭以官理一個使用者資料輸 ^s · 一固鍵盤,於連接這個光碟機100的一個 ^面上的:貝料轉移.;這個診斷線程420係執行診斷命令, i 2 ί用於工私測试期間;這個計時裝置線程422係提 計時應用;這個界面裝置424係管理 機間的通信與資料轉移;以及這個樓 案系統4 2 6係f理這個光學據辦]η Ω γ你 組織。 ⑽尤予媒體1〇2 (第一圖Α)上的資料 1223795 --案號91100910_f 月日 修正__ 五、發明說明(42) 現在請參考第三圖、第四圖、第五圖,其係表示在這 個伺服線程式4 〇 4中一個主要迴路5 0 0的一個實施例,其包 括:一個起始化路徑5 〇 2、及〆個連續路徑5 0 4。這個起始 化路徑5 0 2係包括:程序5 〇 6,用以起始化一個伺服隨機存 取記憶體(RAM )變數;以及程序5 0 8,用以根據這個處理 器302中的一個時脈(圖中未示),藉以起始化這個動力 中斷408的圖框速率。 這個處理器302可以包括不同的功率模式,諸如··睡 眠模式(低功率消耗)、高功率模式、以及操作模式。在 部分實施例中,每當在一個程序5 1 〇中開起功率時,這個 處理器3 0 2均會將程式數碼載入這個數位信號處理器 (DSP ) 304,隨後並在一個程序512中進入高功率模式。 在其他實施例中,在這個數位信號處理器(DSp ) 3〇4中的 輪式數碼係可以預先載入,並且/或者實施於韌體或硬體 電路中’而省略這個程序的需求。 适個起始化路徑5 〇 2亦可以包括:一個程序5丨4,用以 起始化在這個伺服系統12〇 (第一圖A)中相關於這個旋轉 馬達1 01中一個旋轉馬達驅動裝置的元件,其係進一步解 釋於下列【旋轉馬達伺服系統】之說明中。 這:個起始化路徑5 0 2亦可以包括:程序5丨6、51 8、及 5 2 0,藉以抓取及載入校正數值。兩個或更多個不同組的 2數值係可以提供,纟包括:在製造期間設定的數值、 關閉功率前使用的數值、及在開起功率期間產生的 值。舉例來說,這些校正數值可以包括··用以控制File to warn a servo thread 404. The event processing device in the servo thread 404 then issues one or more commands to the power interruption and the mail "box 3 06", so as to take appropriate action, such as ... try to turn off the focus again. The system (RTOS) 40 6 can issue a command to wait for an event to indicate that ... A command has been issued to this servo thread :: borrow a drive ... such as] to rotate the optical disc drive 00 at the speed of the mouth (Part: Figure a). An event is a switching event, which means that the cartridge of the optical media 102 (first picture A) has been inserted or ejected from the optical disc drive 100. The instant operating system) I = according to the power interruption 408 Requests for red-turn, focus, and tracking events issued by various state machinery, # 出 旋, and = feeding thread 404. Such event requirements are usually based on a yuan of 7 yuan or failed to complete Take sending. One plus = how to deal with a rotation, focusing, or tracking, for example; suppose: ί = 程 41 4 is sending a servo command message to this real-time operation, and this real-time operation is (RT〇S) 4 06 is thinking of a command to wait for the event to the servo process. The command processing device then issues a == interrupt 408. When the power interruption 408 completes the command, the command is ㈣, Such as: a rotation, focus, / chase: the two response k real-time operating system (RTOS) 406 generates this and transmits it to this feeding line. Then, a] 1223795 amendment number 91100Q10 V. Description of the invention ( 41) The state system is transferred from the feeding thread 4 04 to the corresponding application thread 4 2 4. The force interruption 408 also includes: a state recovery mechanism. In the example, 'the state recovery mechanism is advantageously started. The life to be preserved ^ This is to continue after detecting and correcting a problem. For example, when J said 'J is at the place' to fetch the command, he said that a question about focus was detected. The mechanical system stores the disc. Machine] (first picture A), correcting the focus problem, clearing the error indication, and = the state of the optical disc drive 100 continues with the read command from when it left. In some embodiments, the function performed by this application thread 414 can be performed. The rotation control interruption 412 measures the current rotation angle, determines the correct rotation speed according to the current execution position, and calculates = letter to maintain- A fixed speed or change the rotation program; this reading process 416 manages reading data from this disc or writing data to the 418 system. It is mainly used in engineering surveys. Manage a user's data input. A solid keyboard on one of the faces connected to the optical disc drive 100: material transfer. The diagnostic thread 420 is used to execute diagnostic commands, i 2 is used during industrial and private testing. This timing device thread 422 is for timing applications; this interface device 424 is for communication and data transfer between management machines; and this building case system 4 2 6 is responsible for this optical database] η Ω 组织 your organization. Information on media 102 (first picture A) 1223795-case number 91100910_f amended on the day of the month__ Description of the invention (42) Please refer to the third picture, the fourth picture, and the fifth picture, which are shown in One of the servo thread type 4 04 An embodiment of the main circuit 500 includes: an initialization path 502, and a continuous path 504. This initialization path 502 includes: a program 506 for starting Initialize a servo random access memory (RAM) variable; and a program 508 for initializing the frame of the power interrupt 408 according to a clock (not shown) in the processor 302 Rate. This processor 302 may include different power modes, such as ... sleep mode (low power consumption), high power mode, and operating mode. In some embodiments, whenever power is turned on in a program 5 10 At this time, the processor 3 02 will load program code into the digital signal processor (DSP) 304, and then enter a high power mode in a program 512. In other embodiments, in the digital signal processor ( DSp) The wheeled digital system in 304 can be pre-loaded and / or implemented in firmware or hardware circuits' while omitting the need for this program. A suitable initialization path 502 can also include: a Program 5 丨 4, use The components related to a rotary motor drive in the rotary motor 101 in this servo system 120 (first picture A) are explained in the following description of the [rotary motor servo system]. : An initialization path 5 0 2 can also include: programs 5 丨 6, 51 8 and 5 2 0 to capture and load correction values. Two or more different sets of 2 values can be provided,纟 Includes: values set during manufacturing, values used before power is turned off, and values generated during power on. For example, these correction values can include ...

1223795 1223795 曰 -修正 _t 號 9l1f)〇Qin 五、發明說明(43) 功率供應或用以校正馬達彳灸 焦飼服系統參數的起始 ς =起始數值。追蹤及聚 間起始化。舉例來值亦可以在起始驅動校正期 增益校正、及凹痕濟波I 、7裝置偏移校正、偵測裝置 操作中,每個校正參數的預 入、並針對廷個光碟機〗〇〇操作於一個 2 特定特徵加以調整。 不早先干媒體1 02的 在部分實施例中,工廠校正數 包括:㈣置輸入參數,…夫定㈣=說’可: 聚Λ:差信號(FES)偏移、及增益;、追縱誤差作V i數== =1以使,個光碟咖對於:個特 =二?二: 施例中’這些最佳的平均操作參數可1223795 1223795--Modification _t No. 9l1f) 〇Qin V. Description of the invention (43) Power supply or used to correct the parameters of the motor simmer moxibustion Coke feeding system parameters ς = starting value. Tracking and cluster initiation. For example, the value can also be adjusted in the initial drive correction period, and the dent mark wave I, 7 device offset correction, detection device operation, each correction parameter is pre-entered, and is targeted for a disc drive Adjusted for a specific feature. In some embodiments that did not dry the media 102 earlier, the factory correction number includes: setting input parameters, ... Fuding㈣ = say 'may: poly: Λ: difference signal (FES) offset, and gain; tracking error Make V i number == = 1 so that a disc coffee is: a special = two? 2: In the embodiment, ‘these best average operating parameters are

教門:ί j己憶體中,且這個光碟機1 qg可以由這些夂 =始動作。儲存在這個程式記憶體的這些 Y 每次校正時更新。另外,起始校正亦可 在個重新工作或修復校正期間重複執行。 舉例來說,這個光碟機100的參數可以在載入一 ^媒體102時、在這個光碟機1〇〇起動時 復期間進行校正。在部分實施例_ # ^ 差回 始起動時…P :清二 12:個光碟機100開 W 月才)杈正參數的預設數值係由這 第52頁 1223795Teaching door: ί j has been remembered, and this optical disc player 1 qg can start from these 夂 =. These Y stored in this program memory are updated every time it is calibrated. Alternatively, the initial calibration can be repeated during a rework or repair calibration. For example, the parameters of the optical disc drive 100 can be corrected during loading of the media 102 and during the startup of the optical disc drive 100. In some embodiments, _ # ^ When the start is started ... P: Qing 2 12: CD player 100 open W months) The preset value of the positive parameter is based on this page 52 1223795

1號 91100910 五、發明說明(44) 個記憶體載入。在部分實始加丄 可以自這個光學媒體102上4 媒體特疋的校正參數係 機特定及媒體特定參數的預〜。在部二實,^ 中、並在這個光碟機100起:數值可以?在這個記憶體 暫時的媒體特定參數可以儲/載入。在°卩分實施例中, 個光碟機100重新起動時,庳子用在這」m體中’藉以在這 碟機100通常會起動於其關閉時的相同 ^於^個光 存的參數便節省"清醒"這個光 、主延個儲 、w尤磲機1 0 0所需的時間。 ^部为貫施例中,這些預設的參數可以隨 二。,這個光碟機100老化時,這些預設參 ’改 可以變得和用以操作這個光碟機100的起始校正參 不同。因此,在這個光碟機100的部分實施例中,這些 際光碟機參數可以要重新儲存以做為新的預設參數。一在邛 分實施例中,這些實際光碟機參數與這些預設參數的一個 平均可以重新儲存以做為新的預設參數。然而,若這個光 碟機100係操作於終極的環境裡,或,若這個光學媒體1〇2 係特別有問題(例如··若這個光學媒體丨〇 2因曝熱或其他 扭曲環境而呈現嚴重地不平坦),則用以在這些條件中操 作的這些實際參數便不應該取代或改變現有的預設參數。 因此,在部分實施例中,若這些目前參數與這些預設參數 的變動超過臨界數值,則這些預設數值便不必由這些參數 取代或改變。 承上所述’一般而言,這個光學媒體;1〇2可以具有一 個預先掌控部分(其係唯讀的)及一個可寫入部分(其係No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (44) Memory is loaded. At the beginning of some parts, it is possible to pre-calibrate the system-specific and media-specific parameters from the 4 media-specific correction parameters on this optical medium 102. In Part II, ^, and on this optical disc drive 100: the value can be? In this memory, temporary media specific parameters can be stored / loaded. In the embodiment, when the optical disc drive 100 is restarted, the cricket is used in this "m body", so that the optical disc drive 100 will normally start with the same parameters when it is turned off. Save " Wake Up " The time required for this light, the main extension of a storage, and especially for the machine. In the embodiment, these preset parameters can be changed with two. As the optical disc drive 100 ages, these preset parameters may become different from the initial correction parameters used to operate the optical disc drive 100. Therefore, in some embodiments of the optical disc drive 100, these international optical disc drive parameters may need to be re-stored as new preset parameters. In one embodiment, an average of the actual optical disc drive parameters and the preset parameters can be re-stored as a new preset parameter. However, if the optical disc drive 100 is operated in the ultimate environment, or if the optical media 102 is particularly problematic (for example, if the optical media 丨 〇2 is severely exposed to heat or other distorted environments) Uneven), the actual parameters used to operate in these conditions should not replace or change existing preset parameters. Therefore, in some embodiments, if the changes of the current parameters and the preset parameters exceed a critical value, the preset values need not be replaced or changed by these parameters. As mentioned above, in general, this optical medium; 102 can have a pre-control section (which is read-only) and a writable section (which is

第53頁 1223795Page 53 1223795

五、發明說明(45) 可讀取/寫入的)。一般而t 、二 這個光碟機100能夠操作於=,适些操作參數的校正係使 光學媒體102的這個可寫入的條件中,亦即:在這個 媒體102的這個可寫入部分二=的讀取操作、在這個光學 媒體102的這個預先掌控部的、以及在這個光學 這個起始化路徑5心;=操作。 以起始化這個傳動裝置手fl/4=:程序似及⑽,藉 體102 (第一圖A )的中央、(第一圖A )至這個光學媒 (〇PU) 103 (第一圖A)自這個將ϋ光學操取單元 服系統120 (第一圖Α),藉以式中,放置适個伺 置模式時節省功率。-個程序^個光碟機⑽能夠在閒 408、並轉移控制至這個連續路徑5()4。、勃刀甲斷 532 #在维1例中,在延個連續路徑504中的一個程序 =事件、;偵測到一個誤差所產生的-個通知事件、 :因二仃—個命令時出現一個問題所產生的一個效 ^302 ^ "" ^53 2 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 4 ,1 器302以為其他處理工作所用’直到接收到一個 ^這個程序532確實接收到一個事件時,一個 可二:加這個動力速率。舉例來說’若這個程序⑻係以 增加至°.論。根據是否接收到—個命令事ί -個通知事件、或-個效能事件,這個即時作業系統5. Description of the invention (45) Read / write). Generally, the optical disc drive 100 can be operated at t and t. The correction of some operating parameters enables the writable condition of the optical medium 102, that is, in the writable part of the medium 102. Read operation, in the pre-control section of the optical medium 102, and in the optical path of the initialization path; 5 operations; In order to initialize this transmission device, fl / 4 =: the program is similar to ⑽, the center of the body 102 (first picture A), (first picture A) to this optical medium (〇PU) 103 (first picture A From this point on, the optical operation unit service system 120 (first image A) is used to save power when placing a suitable servo mode. -A program ^ an optical disc drive can be idle at 408 and transfer control to this continuous path 5 () 4. , 勃 刀 甲 断 532 532 #In the case of dimension 1, a procedure in the continuous path 504 = event ,; an error event is detected-a notification event,: due to two commands-one appears The effect produced by the problem is ^ 302 ^ " " ^ 53 2 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 4, 1 The device 302 thinks it is used for other processing tasks' until it receives a ^ When this program 532 does receive an event, one can Two: Add this power rate. For example, ‘if this procedure is not to increase to °. Depending on whether a command event, a notification event, or a performance event is received, the instant operating system

第54頁 1223795 修正 案號 __9iio〇mn 五、發明說明(46) (RTOS ) 406#可/以發出這個事件至這個伺服線程4〇4 (第四 圖),其接著係觸動對應的處理裝置,亦即:一個命令處 理裝置536 —個事件處理裝置538、或—個效能處理裝置 一旦與這個事件關連的動作得以執行,一個程序544 係降低這個動力速率、並藉由將控制返回這個程序532以 暫停這個主要迴路504的執行,直到接收到另一個事件。 這個伺服線程404可以在等待一個命令或事件時,釋放這 器302,藉以保留這個處理器3Q2的頻寬,使其用於 这個光碟機100 (第一圖A)中的其他元件。 【命令處理裝置】 、容=六圖係表示可以包括在這個命令處理裝置536的部 二1鈀例中的程序的例子。請參考第四圖及第六圖,每次 二個命令處理裝置536期間,一個命令狀態及伺服 tt::係傳送至這個應用線簡4。這個應用線程414係 2二,,行的動作、並將這些伺服系統訊息視需要傳送至 w個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 4〇6,如一個處理 =株這個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 4〇6係發出—個^ ^件”個伺服線程404,,等待在一個程細/中;^ 一個二服f到這個命令等待事件時,一個程序606係設定 理過^固^及—㈣服誤差狀態旗標,#以指示已經處 藉由著這二命令處理裝置53 6的第-個通個,-個程序 耆^出一個狀態機械控制訊息至這個動力中斷4〇8 1223795Page 23 1223795 Amendment No. __9iio〇mn V. Description of Invention (46) (RTOS) 406 # This event can be sent to this servo thread 404 (fourth picture), which then touches the corresponding processing device That is, a command processing device 536, an event processing device 538, or an efficiency processing device. Once an action associated with this event is performed, a program 544 reduces the power rate and returns control to this program 532 To suspend execution of this main loop 504 until another event is received. The servo thread 404 can release the server 302 while waiting for a command or event, thereby preserving the bandwidth of the processor 3Q2 for use in other components of the optical disc drive 100 (first picture A). [Command Processing Device] Figure 6 shows an example of a program that can be included in the Part 1 Palladium Example of this command processing device 536. Please refer to the fourth and sixth figures. During two command processing devices 536 each time, a command status and servo tt :: are transmitted to this application line 4. This application thread 414 is 22, and performs the actions, and sends these servo system messages to w real-time operating systems (RT0s) 406 as needed, such as one process = this real-time operating system (RT0s). ) 4〇6 sends out a ^ ^ "servo threads 404, waiting for a process / in the process; ^ a second server f to this command waiting for an event, a program 606 is set to ^ solid ^ and- Serve the error status flag, # to indicate that the first, second, and third programs of the command processing device 53 6 have been processed. A status mechanical control message is sent to this power interruption. 408 1223795

案號 91100910 五、發明說明(47) 中的這個狀態機械’藉以開始執行在這個伺服線程4 〇 4中 的命令。這個動力中斷408係發出一個事件要求至這個即 時作業系統(RTOS ) 40 6、且這個伺服線程4〇4係等待來自 這個即時作業系統(RTOS) 406的事件。這個命令處理裝 置5 3 6隨後在一個程序6 1 0中係決定接收到那一個事件。若 這個事件是一個旋轉、聚焦、或追蹤事件,則一個程序 61 2係檢查這個命令狀態。若這個命令係沒有誤差地完 f,則程序6 1 4及6 1 6係分別清除這個伺服誤差狀態旗標及 這個伺服命起動旗標、且這個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 4〇6 係要求一個命令完成事件。這個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 406係發出這個命令完成事件至這個應用線程414,其發出 這個命令訊息。 請再參考這個程序610,若在處理一個命令時接收到 一個通知或一個暫停事件,則一個程序62〇係藉著轉移控 制至這個動力中斷408的這個回復狀態機械,而起動這個 通知事件的回復。這個回復狀態機械所執行的功能係說明 於下列欽述中。這個回復狀態機械係發出事件要求以通信 這個即時作業系統(RTOS ) 406 :這個回復嘗試是否完 成、或其是否失敗。 這個即時作業系統(RT0S ) 40 6係發出一個回復事 件’其指示這個伺服線程4〇4 ··回復是否完成、或其是否 失敗。這個伺服線程404係等待一個回復完成或一個回復 失敗事件,隨後轉移控制至一個程序622。若回復完成, 則這個程序6 2 2係傳送這個回復完成訊息至這個程序61 2。Case No. 91100910 V. The state machine in the description of invention (47) starts to execute the commands in the servo thread 404. The power interruption 408 sends an event request to the instant operating system (RTOS) 406, and the servo thread 404 waits for an event from the real-time operating system (RTOS) 406. This command processing device 5 3 6 then decides in a program 6 10 which event to receive. If the event is a rotation, focus, or tracking event, a program 61 2 checks the status of the command. If this command is completed without error, programs 6 1 4 and 6 1 6 will clear the servo error status flag and the servo command start flag, respectively, and the real-time operating system (RT0s) 4〇6 Request a command to complete the event. The RTOS 406 issues the command completion event to the application thread 414, which issues the command message. Please refer to this program 610 again. If a notification or a pause event is received while processing a command, a program 62 is to start the reply to this notification event by transferring control to the reply state machine of the power interruption 408. . The functions performed by this state-recovery machine are described below. The response status mechanism sends an event request to communicate with the RTOS 406: whether the response attempt was completed or whether it failed. The real-time operating system (RT0S) 40 6 issues a reply event, which indicates whether the servo thread 404 has completed the reply, or whether it has failed. The servo thread 404 waits for a reply completion or a reply failure event, and then transfers control to a program 622. If the reply is completed, the program 6 2 2 sends the reply completion message to the program 61 2.

第56頁 1223795 月 修正 曰 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(48) 若這個命令在回復後並未完成,則這個程序612係轉移控 制至一個程序624,其繼續在接收到這個通知事件時, 行這個處理過的命令。請再度參考這個程序622,若這個 I復程序係失敗,則這個程序616係在控制被 命.令處理裝置536前,清除這個伺服命令起動旗標。、個 請再度考這個程序610,若接收到一個命令放棄 一個程序626係取代目前處理的這個命令以二個放 八叩7 、並轉移控制至這個程序624。這個 行於這個伺服線程404中。執行的一個第一動作二3 個追蹤伺服。這個伺服線程404 = =事件。廷個追蹤狀態機械係完 起這個追縱伺服迴4,其詳細說明如二精乂開 迴路開耙B卑,、士加、, 凡乃如卜 田沒個追縱伺服 (RTOS ) 406發1\ 一\蹤狀/態機械係要求這個即時作業系統 ,nrpA 么出一個追縱事件。這個即時作辈糸祕 事件’其係由在這個伺服線 作業系、统UT〇S) 406係整合 $ 、及這個即時 -旦這個:ΐ 追蹤迴路、開起這個聚焦迴路的方法。 閉。接著,這二U田射218 (第二圖)係關 gp Β* ^ ^ . 习服、,泉私404、這個動力中斷408、;5 mi 時作業系統(RTOS) 406係 :4 8及k個 轉迴路。 正σ工作以開起這個旋 第57頁 1223795Page 56, 1223795, Amendment No. 91100910, V. Description of the Invention (48) If the order is not completed after the reply, the program 612 is transferred to a program 624, which continues to receive this notification event. This processed command. Please refer to this program 622 again. If this I-program fails, then this program 616 clears the servo command start flag before the control command is sent to the processing device 536. Please test this program 610 again. If you receive a command to abandon a program 626, replace the command currently being processed with two commands, and transfer control to this program 624. This runs in the servo thread 404. Perform a first action and 2 tracking servos. This servo thread 404 == event. This tracking servo returned 4 after completing the tracking state mechanical system. The detailed description is as follows: the second precision open loop and open harrow B ,, Shijia ,, and Fan Narubo have no tracking servo (RTOS) 406 issued 1 \ First, the tracking / state machinery department requires this real-time operating system, and nrpA has a chase event. This real-time generation secret event ’is made up of the integration of $ 406 in the servo system and the UT system in 406, and this real-time: ΐ method of tracking and starting the focus loop. close. Next, these two U field shots 218 (second picture) are related to gp Β * ^ ^. Xiu, Quanquan 404, this power interruption 408 ,; Operating system (RTOS) 406 at 5 mi: 4 8 and k A loop. Positive σ works to drive this spin Page 57 1223795

【事件處理裝置】 ^第七圖係表一個事件處理裝置538的一個實施例,其 ,,一個程序702中接收到一個通知事件時,由這個伺月艮 線程404執行。在部分實施例中,通知事件的要求係由這 個動力中斷408及這個郵件信箱中斷3〇6在摘測到一個問題 或誤差時所發出。這個即時作業系統(RT〇S)4〇6隨後係 發出這個通知事件至這個伺服線程4〇4。在部分實施例 中,一個程序704係監控這些通知事件間的時間及這個通 知事件的數目,藉以避免超額的回復。用以決定一個回復 會在何時變成超額的參數可以根據數個不同條件加以 設定,諸如··在一個預定時間期間的回復嘗試數目。舉例 來說,,在部分實施例中,在五秒鐘内的五個回復嘗試可能 會,判斷為超過,而其他參數及數值則可能會應用在其他 的實施例中。 、 若這個回復並未超過,則一個程序7〇6係藉由轉移抑 ,至這個動力中斷408中的這個回復狀態機械,藉以起^ ,個通知事件的回復。這個回復狀態機械所執行的功能係 詳細說明如下。這個回復狀態機械係發出事件要求以通俨 這個即時作業系統(R Τ 0 S ) 4 0 6 ··這個回復嘗試是否完 成、或其是否失敗。 70 這個即時作業系統(RTOS ) 40 6係發出一個通知事 件’指示這個伺服線程4〇4 :回復是否完成或失敗。一個 程序708係根據接收到的事件以指導控制。若這個回復係 完成,則這個事件處理裝置係完成,則這個程序7〇8係返 1223795 _ 案號 9110Q91Q 年月日 修正 五、發明說明(50) "" 細 -- 回控制至這個伺服線程4 〇 4。若這個回復係失敗,則這個 程序708係轉移控制至這個伺服線程4〇4,其處理_個放棄 命令。要注意的是,在這個伺服線程404中的這個放棄命 令亦可以執行,若額外的回復係超過的話。在部分實施例 中,這個伺服線程404係發出一個狀態機械控制訊息^|^這’ 個動力中斷408。這個動力中斷4〇8係要求一系列事件的第 一個,諸如.一個通知事件,至這個即時作業系統 、 (RTOS ) 406。這個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 4〇6係發出這個 要求的事件至這個伺服線程404,且一個程序71〇 ^ ,古 個放棄命令處理是否已經完成。 ” ^ 在。P 〃刀貫施例中,處理一個放棄命令係包括: 力中斷408係發出一系列的事件要求’並 通知事件要求在内、一個旋轉事件要/、 的迫個 求、以及一個追蹤事件要求。這些事件、& ^ 中斷408中的這個狀態機械,在其完成:桐从這個動; ^ ^ ^ ^ i ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 出。這些事件要求亦可以由這個數位 =i時所發 狀態郵件信箱中斷處理裝置41 〇,在這個^处理/ ( DSP ) (DSP ) 304偵測到這個光碟機1〇〇的_ 位仏號處理器 B)的功率,亦可以實施其中。這些 、、8(第一圖 出’或者,-個或更多個事件可;同時;要求可以依序發 即時作業系統(RTOS ) 4 0 6平行或抵3 /出’其根據攻 力。對於每個事件要求而言,這個即人处理事件要求的能 丨守作業系統(RTOS ) 1223795 一案號9110Q910 _年 月_g 五、發明說明(51) 406係發出一個對應事件至這個伺服線程4〇4。當接收到每 個ί 1 ’或群組的事件,時,這個程序71 〇係決定這個放 棄=令處理是否完成,或充許處理這個放棄命令的這個時 間疋=超j :當這個放棄命令係完成時,或這個放棄命令 ,其元成别係暫停時,這個事件處理裝置538係完成,且 控制係返回這個伺服線程4 〇 4。 【效能事件處理裝置】 圖 Ϊ ◊圖係表示這個效能事件處理裝置540的一個實施 • ^係在一個效能事件傳送至這個伺服線程4(第四 f Μ 8 Ξ ^。一個效能事件係發生於在這個動力中斷4 08 复 :中的這些狀態機械偵測到一個問題或誤差時, 舉:Π 這個光碟機第-圖α)以校正。 在一個且右光碟機1〇〇 (第一圖A )係起始地起動並 一個窠;I H、日友和四周溫度的一個環境中校正、隨後在 數值之於這個較窠冷的:;兄中使用日夺,使用的這些校正 幾個位準的重新秒I_ =兄可此並不是最理想的。因此, 化其範圍可= = = 加以 車父複雜程序。 千W工作至而要較大工作的 第八圖Α係表示這個伺 施例,其包括^^/^重新^正程序m的-個實 作係使用以校正在每個 &: ^層。其中’增加的工 差…個切換裝置8分枝的//1校f階層所偵測到的誤 層。係執行-個伺服引擎:的$新杈準階層。階 __ 媒體杈正程序806。若這個講差 第60頁 911009m 五、發明說明(52) 並不足以在階層〇校正,階層j係執行 伺服引擎及媒體校正程序8〇6。一個 J =,于這個 BJ執行於階層0及階層!重新校正的端點,同 it f數值、或加入另一個組的校正數值,其可能化為:的 個組的校正數值的因子。 此化為另一 812以权正聚焦問&,其跟隨著這個伺服引擎及 J:8〇6。階層3係執行一個追縱偏移擺動校正程序心 二=差’其跟隨著這個伺服引擎及媒體校正程序 >5# 係執仃一個調整聚焦迴路增益程序816,而階 Π執行一個調整追縱迴路增益程序818。階層 係:括?整增益以達到一個特定交叉頻率。在部分白實曰施6 ' 這個迴路增盈係藉由注入一個固定頻率及振幅的輸 塑2號至這個封閉迴路、及量測在相同頻率下這個迴路的 曰應大小,而加以量測。這個迴路響應除以這個注入振幅 例即是迴路增益。這種調整迴路增益的技術可能會^ 曰這個光碟機1 〇 〇 (第一圖A )的穩定性邊界。 兩攻個伺服引擎校正數值係包括:校正這個光碟機丨〇 〇 所需要的所有數值。這些媒體校正數值係這些伺服校正數 值j 一個次組,其僅僅包括那些會隨著插入不同類型媒體 ^ a個光碟機而產生變動的參數。在部分實施例中,這些 杈正數值係包括:光學擷取單元(OPU )(第一圖A )偏移 及增盈、聚焦關閉臨界、聚焦感應裝置增益及偏移、追蹤 1223795 案號 91100910 _年月日 五、發明說明(53) 感應裝置增益及偏移、聚焦迴路增益、追蹤迴路增益、凹 痕位置、感應裝置交又增益、聚焦感應裝置線性、以及追 蹤感應裝置線性。這些媒體校正係包括··聚焦减庫 益及偏移、及追蹤感應裝置增益及偏移。 切應裝置& 在部分實施例中,這個迴路增益係藉由注入一個固定 頻率及振幅的輸入信號至這個封閉迴路、及量測這個迴路 在相同頻率的響應大小,而加以量測。一個數位加總裝置 係產生於這個數位信號處理器(Dsp ) 3〇4中,藉以這 個輸入正弦波信號及一個補償裝置的輸出。這個補償裝置 的輸出除以這個數位加總裝置的輸出的比值即時完整^ 益:在部分實施例中,若干擾頻率係位於預定的 父、頻率且增亞係正確時,這個比值係j。 重新考第八圖’一個程序824係檢查由這個飼服 = :所返回的一個狀態指標的數值。若這個 =係成功的’則一個程序826係監控一個聚焦誤記 (MR )、一個軌道誤記(TMR )、及一個姑敗摞叙θ丕办 於預定限制内。若护徊φ_ 個項取擺動疋否位 (TMR) 乂 ”,聚焦玦記(FMR)、這個軌道誤記 態變動係嗖定、固:取擺動係位於預定限制内’則-個狀 制係在—個程序828中指示”沒有誤差",且控 (二)之個= 於預定限制内記/TMR)、及這個讀取擺動並未位 態,則一這個程序824係返回一個失敗狀 這個問題的工作。若可重^奴正階層以增加校正 右了k供的所有階層尚未完全嘗試過, 第62頁 丄223795 曰 MM 9ΐιηπ〇]〇 五、發明說明(54) 則控制係轉移至F彳® p f- 〇 r\ η 正。共所古個耘序Μ2以執行下一階層的重新校 離變教# < 1供的重新校正階層均已經嘗試,則這個狀 疋以在一個程序832中指示:仍然具有-個誤 控制係轉回至這個伺服線程404。 【動力中斷】 斷4 0 考第九圖,其係表示可以包括在這個動力中 此私六由的程序的一個流程圖。在圖示的實施例中,在這 t,8間的時間係一個變數,其可以根據一個特 # :ί個光碟機1 〇 〇 (第一圖A )的實施例,加以設定 铢至攻個動力中斷408。在其他的實施例中,這個允 進一=間可以固定於一個特定數值。一個程序902係停止 ,的中斷,藉以使由這個伺服線程404 (第四圖)接 收=的最後這個中斷可以加以處理。這個中斷計數裝置係 所用:5額時間數值更新’冑以產生一個為這個狀態機械 的叶時時脈,其實施於這個動力中斷4〇8中。這個差 ^間Ϊ值可以,在一個程序9〇3中,設定為任何想要的 &诸如·對應這個動力速率的一個數值。一個程序 第二係^取這個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態暫存裝置,如 所示,藉以決定這個數位信號處理器(Dsp) 3〇4 的狀態。 壯能ί!!分實施例中,這個動力中斷408係觸動一個組的 二处,,其係管理在這個動力中斷408中的各種時間關 機械=〇°第九圖所示的實施例係包括:—個功率模式狀態 、一個回復管理裝置9 1 2、一個追蹤/搜尋控制狀[Event processing device] ^ The seventh diagram shows an embodiment of an event processing device 538, which is executed by the server thread 404 when a notification event is received in a program 702. In some embodiments, the request for notification of the event is issued by the power interruption 408 and the email mailbox interruption 306 when a problem or error is detected. The real-time operating system (RTOS) 406 then sends the notification event to the servo thread 404. In some embodiments, a program 704 monitors the time between these notification events and the number of this notification events to avoid excessive responses. The parameters used to determine when a reply will become excessive can be set based on several different conditions, such as the number of reply attempts during a predetermined time. For example, in some embodiments, five reply attempts within five seconds may be judged as exceeding, and other parameters and values may be applied in other embodiments. If the reply does not exceed, a program 706 will stop the reply state machine in the power interruption 408 by transferring the delay, thereby starting a reply to the notification event. The functions performed by this state recovery machine are described in detail below. This response status mechanism sends an event request to communicate the instant operating system (RTOS) 4 0 6 ·· Whether the response attempt was completed or whether it failed. 70 The real-time operating system (RTOS) 40 6 sends a notification event 'to indicate the servo thread 404: whether the reply is complete or failed. A program 708 directs control based on the events received. If this response is completed, then the event processing device is completed, then this program 708 is returned to 1223795 _ Case No. 9110Q91Q Year, Month, and Day Five. Invention Description (50) " " Fine-Return to control to this servo Thread 4 〇4. If the reply fails, the program 708 transfers control to the servo thread 404, which processes an abort command. It should be noted that the abandonment command in the servo thread 404 can also be executed if the extra reply is exceeded. In some embodiments, the servo thread 404 sends a state machine control message ^ | ^ the power interruption 408. This power interruption 408 requires the first of a series of events, such as a notification event, to the real-time operating system (RTOS) 406. The RTOS 406 sends this requested event to the servo thread 404, and a program 71 ^, whether the processing of the abandoned command has been completed. ^ In the .P stabbing embodiment, processing an abandonment command system includes: Force interruption 408 system issues a series of event requests' and notifies the event request, a rotation event request, a request, and a Tracking event requirements. These events, & ^ interrupt this state machine in 408, are completed at this time: Tong from this action; ^ ^ ^ ^ i ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^. These event requirements can also be caused by this number = i The sent state mail box interrupt processing device 41 〇, in this ^ processing / (DSP) (DSP) 304 detected the power of this optical disc drive 100 _ bit processor B), these can also be implemented. These ,, 8 (first picture out 'or-one or more events are available; at the same time; requirements can be issued in real time operating system (RTOS) 4 0 6 parallel or offset 3 / out' which is based on attack power. For each In terms of individual event requirements, this is the capable operating system (RTOS) 1223795 case number 9110Q910 _ year month _g. 5. Description of the invention (51) 406 sends a corresponding event to this servo thread. 4 4. When receiving each of 1 'or group of At the time of the event, this program 71 decides whether the abandonment = order processing is completed, or the time allowed to process the abandonment command 疋 = super j: when the abandonment order is completed, or the abandonment command, its element becomes When the system is suspended, the event processing device 538 is completed, and the control system returns to the servo thread 4 04. [Performance Event Processing Device] Figure Ϊ ◊ The figure shows an implementation of this performance event processing device 540. ^ is in a performance The event is transmitted to the servo thread 4 (fourth f M 8 Ξ ^. A performance event occurs when these states in the power interruption 4 08 complex: mechanically detect a problem or error, such as: Π the optical drive (Figure-Figure α) to correct. Start at one and the right optical disc drive 100 (first figure A) starting with a 窠; IH, day friend and ambient temperature correction in an environment, and then the value to this The colder one: the use of the sun in the brother, the correction of several levels of re-second I_ = brother can not be the best. Therefore, the range can be = = = add the car parent process The eighth figure A with thousands of work and larger work shows this embodiment, which includes ^^ / ^ re ^^ a normal implementation of the program m is used to correct each &: ^ Layer. Among them, 'increased work error ... a switching device 8 branches of the // 1 school f layer detected the wrong layer. The implementation of a servo engine: $ 新 枝 quasi-hierarchy. Program 806. If the difference is p. 60 911009m 5. The invention description (52) is not enough to correct at level 0, and level j is to execute the servo engine and media correction procedure 806. A J =, in this BJ executes at level 0 and level! The end point of the recalibration is the same as the it f value or the correction value of another group, which may be reduced to a factor of the correction values of the groups. This turns into another 812 with Quanzheng Focus Question & which follows this servo engine and J: 806. Tier 3 executes a tracking offset wobble correction procedure. Heart 2 = Poor. It follows this servo engine and media correction procedure> 5 # executes an adjustment focus loop gain procedure 816, and stage Π performs an adjustment pursuit. Loop gain program 818. Hierarchy Department: Including? Adjust the gain to achieve a specific crossover frequency. In part of Bai Shi, the circuit's gain-increasing is measured by injecting a plastic No. 2 with a fixed frequency and amplitude into the closed circuit, and measuring the size of the circuit at the same frequency. This loop response is divided by this injected amplitude. For example, this is the loop gain. This technique of adjusting the loop gain may illuminate the stability boundary of the optical disc drive 100 (first picture A). The two servo engine correction values include: all the values required to correct this optical disc drive. These media correction values are a subgroup of these servo correction values j, which include only those parameters that will change as different types of media ^ a optical disc drive are inserted. In some embodiments, these positive values include: optical capture unit (OPU) (first picture A) offset and gain, focus close threshold, focus sensing device gain and offset, tracking 1223795 case number 91100910 _ Year, Month, Day and Five Days of the Invention (53) Induction device gain and offset, focus loop gain, tracking loop gain, dent position, induction device crossover gain, focus induction device linearity, and tracking induction device linearity. These media corrections include: · Focus reduction and offset, and tracking sensor gain and offset. Response device & In some embodiments, the loop gain is measured by injecting a fixed frequency and amplitude input signal into the closed loop and measuring the response of the loop at the same frequency. A digital summing device is generated in the digital signal processor (Dsp) 304, by which the input sine wave signal and the output of a compensation device. The ratio of the output of the compensation device divided by the output of the digital summing device is complete immediately. Benefit: In some embodiments, if the interference frequency is at a predetermined parent, frequency, and the sub-system is correct, the ratio is j. Re-examination of the eighth figure 'a program 824 is to check the value of a status indicator returned by this feeding = :. If this = is successful, then a program 826 monitors a focus misremember (MR), a track misremember (TMR), and an indeterminate error θ θ within predetermined limits. If the guard φ_ item is taken as the swing position (TMR), the focus change (FMR), the orbital misremembering state change system is fixed, and it is fixed: take the swing system within the predetermined limit, then the system is — A program 828 indicates “no error”, and one of the control (two) = within the predetermined limit / TMR), and the read swing is not in position, then this program 824 returns a failure status this Problem of work. If it is possible to increase the correction level to increase the correction of all levels, all levels have not yet been fully tried, p. 62 丄 223795, MM 9ΐιηπ〇] 〇 5. Description of the invention (54) The control system is transferred to F 彳 ® p f -〇r \ η is positive. A total of M2 has been used to perform the recalibration of the next level. The recalibration level has been attempted, and this status is indicated in a program 832: There is still a false control system. Go back to this servo thread 404. [Interruption of Power] Break 40. Consider the ninth figure, which is a flowchart showing the procedures that can be included in this power. In the illustrated embodiment, the time between t and 8 is a variable, and it can be set to one according to the embodiment of a special optical disc drive 100 (first picture A). Power interruption 408. In other embodiments, this allowance can be fixed to a specific value. A program 902 stops the interrupt so that the last interrupt received by the servo thread 404 (fourth figure) can be processed. This interruption counting device is used: 5 time values are updated ', to generate a leaf clock which is mechanical for this state, which is implemented in this power interruption 408. This difference can be set to any desired & such as a value corresponding to this power rate in a program 903. A program of the second series takes the digital signal processor (DSP) state temporary storage device, as shown, to determine the state of the digital signal processor (Dsp) 304. Zhuang Neng! In the embodiment, the power interruption 408 system touches two places in a group, which manages various times in this power interruption 408. Off machinery = 0 ° The embodiment shown in the ninth figure includes : One power mode status, one reply management device 9 1 2. One tracking / search control status

1223795 __案號91100910_车月日 __修正___ 五、發明說明(55) 態機械9 1 4、一個聚焦控制狀態機械9 1 6、一個旋轉控制狀 態機械9 1 8、一個監控物理區段位址(PSA )狀態機械 920、一個雷射控制狀態機械922、一個調整增益狀態機械 9 24、一個效能監控狀態機械926、及一個監控載入/彈出 程序928。這些程序係每次當通過這個動力中斷4〇8時執行 一次。一個程序930係跳出目前的中斷、並在這個動力中 斷408中程序每次完成時,重新起動中斷。 【監控功率模式】 這個處理器302 (第三圖)可以作用於不同的功率模 式,諸如:睡眠模式(低功率消耗)、高功率模式、及操 作模式。第十圖係表示一個狀態機械的一個例子,其表示 _ 由這個功率模式狀態機械9 1 0所執行的程序,其具有一個 要求數位信號處理器(DSP )唯一模式1 〇 3 2、一個要求最 小功率模式1 034、一個要求閒置功率模式1〇36、以及一個 要求完全功率模式1 038。 在這個要求數位信號處理器(DSP)唯一模式1〇32及 這個要求最小功率模式1 0 3 4中,一個程序丨〇 4 〇係決定任何 迴路是否為開路或封閉。改變功率模式的一個要求可以來 自這個伺服線程404、這個動力中斷4〇8、或這個應用線程 414的任意一個。理論上,不同於高功率模式的一個功率 _ 模式可以在這個伺服追蹤、聚焦、或旋轉迴路封閉時提出 要求。一個程序1 04 0係決定是否有任何伺服迴路是封閉 的、並在繼續至這個要求的功率模式時,整合開起這些迴 路。1223795 __Case No. 91100910_ 车 月 日 __ Amendment ___ V. Description of the invention (55) State machine 9 1 4 A focus control state machine 9 1 6 A rotation control state machine 9 1 8 A monitoring physical area Segment address (PSA) state machine 920, a laser control state machine 922, a gain adjustment state machine 9 24, an performance monitoring state machine 926, and a monitoring load / popup program 928. These routines are executed each time 408 is interrupted by this power. A program 930 jumps out of the current interrupt and restarts the interrupt each time the program in this power interrupt 408 completes. [Monitoring power mode] The processor 302 (third picture) can be used in different power modes, such as: sleep mode (low power consumption), high power mode, and operation mode. The tenth figure is an example of a state machine, which shows that the program executed by this power mode state machine 9 10 has a unique mode 1 which requires a digital signal processor (DSP), and a minimum requirement. Power mode 1 034, one requires idle power mode 1036, and one requires full power mode 1 038. In this requirement Digital Signal Processor (DSP) unique mode 1032 and this required minimum power mode 1034, a program determines whether any loop is open or closed. A request to change the power mode can come from any one of the servo thread 404, the power interruption 408, or the application thread 414. Theoretically, a power mode different from the high power mode can be requested when this servo tracking, focusing, or rotating circuit is closed. A program 1 0 40 determines if any servo loops are closed and when continuing to this required power mode, these loops are opened together.

1223795 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(56) 則一個程序1 Ο 4 2係停止這 其將配合第二十一圖進一 一旦所有迴路均為開起的 個郵件信箱中斷服務例行路控^ 步說明如下。 工 时,這個1功率模式係僅僅在這個要求數位信號處理 , _ 一換式U32中,傳送至這個數位信號處理器 (DjP) 3〇4 ^要注意的是’ _個程序1()44係繼續監控在這 】皮小功率权式1 034中的監控載入/彈出切換裝置…個 = 1 048係在任何中斷結束時被 ^模式達到DSP—飢Y、MIN—PGWER、或肌E— 時,^這個動力中斷408中的所有狀態機械並不ΐ要執 仃。為跳過這些功率冑械的執行,纟們係使用 —ΕΧ1ΐ功能以在執行這個監控功率模式狀態 機械後,結束這個動力中斷。 ^ 當這個功率模式係最小功率 Ν 態係可以轉換至這個閒置模式。—在這丄功 * & : —P0WER )中,這個光碟機100係偵測是否存 ίΓ ΐΠΐ,、或是否存在-個要求彈出卡二 個#入5 /山ΐ杈式係轉換至這個閒置模式,11以執行這 這個RE^U^T出操作。這個監控載入/彈出程序928係起動 在ϋ個門f /r2DLE程序1036。一個程序1 046係繼續監控 在功率模式中的載入/彈出切換裝置。 新耙全功率時’這個要求完全功率模式1038係重 全開起。 中斷例仃路徑、並且將功率設定為完1223795 Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the invention (56) Then a program 1 0 4 2 will stop. It will cooperate with the twenty-first figure. Once all the circuits are open, the mail box will be interrupted. Service routine road control. ^ Step description as follows. Working hours, this 1-power mode is only required for digital signal processing. _ One change of U32 is transmitted to the digital signal processor (DjP) 304. Note that '_ Programs 1 () 44 continue Monitoring here] The monitoring load / pop-up switching device in the P1 low power weight type 1 034 ... 1 = 048 is reached at the end of any interruption when the mode reaches DSP—Hunger Y, MIN—PGWER, or Muscle E— ^ All state machines in this power interruption 408 are not obligatory. In order to skip the execution of these power tools, we use the -EX1 function to end the power interruption after executing this monitoring power mode state machine. ^ When the power mode is the minimum power, the NN system can switch to the idle mode. —In this function * &: —P0WER), the optical disc drive 100 detects whether or not ΓΓ ΐΠΐ is stored, or if it exists—a request to eject two cards # 入 5 / 山 ΐ 枝 式 系 转换 到 idle Mode, 11 to perform this RE ^ U ^ T out operation. This monitor load / pop-up program 928 is started at a gate f / r2DLE program 1036. A program 1 046 continues to monitor the load / eject switcher in power mode. When the new rake is at full power, this requires the full power mode 1038 series to restart. Interrupt the routine and set the power to complete

第65頁 1223795Page 1223795

案號 91H)0910 、發明說明(57) 【回復 第十一圖係表示一個回復管理裝置9丨2的部分實施例 所執行功月b的一個綜括流程圖’其可以實施以自聚焦、追 蹤、或旋轉問題中回復。這個目前光碟機狀態係在一個程 序1104中,根據這個伺服線程404、這個動力中斷4〇8、及 這個數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態郵件信箱中斷處理 410所供應的參數以儲存。這個步驟係允許這個光碟 (第一圖A )的狀態得以在後續步驟中恢復,藉以繼 理在偵測到這個問題並被中斷的時點的任何命令。 一個程序11 06係根據由這個伺服線程4〇4、這個 =,408、及這個數位信號處理器(Dsp)狀態郵件信箱中 处理裝置41 0所供應的誤差狀態資訊,冑這個問題分類 _ -個旋轉、《焦、或追蹤問題。一旦這個問題係加以分 ^,一個程序1108係決定欲恢復的這個狀態,1可以 丄決定這冑中斷的命♦、及儲存其可以存# 訊 M恢復這個中斷的命令。 精 值,二:程序'Ο!在嘗試自這個問題或在-個程序山4 =到:-個誤差中回復前,執行一個清 序期間所執行的步驟可以根據這個光碟機1〇〇 序=她則到這個誤差時的狀態而改變。這個清除程 二可以包括,舉例來r兒,管理雷射功率,藉以 ^寫入這個光學媒體1G2 上的—個不想要的位 當偵測到一個"偏離光碟(off —disk ),,條件時Case No. 91H) 0910, Description of the Invention (57) [The eleventh reply is a comprehensive flowchart showing the work month b performed by some embodiments of a reply management device 9 丨 2, which can be implemented with self-focusing and tracking , Or respond to a rotation question. The current status of the optical disc drive is stored in a program 1104 according to the parameters supplied by the servo thread 404, the power interruption 408, and the digital signal processor (DSP) status mail box interruption processing 410. This step allows the state of the disc (first image A) to be restored in subsequent steps, thereby relaying any commands at the point when the problem was detected and interrupted. A program 11 06 is classified according to the error status information supplied by the servo thread 404, this =, 408, and the digital signal processor (Dsp) status in the mail box processing device 410. Rotate, focus, or track issues. Once the problem is divided, a program 1108 decides the state to be restored. 1 can determine the interruption of the interruption, and store it can store a message to resume the interruption. Exact value, two: program '〇! Before trying to reply from this problem or before-program error 4 = to:-error, the steps performed during a cleanup sequence can be based on the optical drive 100 sequence = She changed to this state at the time of the error. This erasing process 2 can include, for example, r, managing laser power, and writing an unwanted bit on the optical medium 1G2 when an " off-disk 'is detected, and the conditions Time

1223795 修正 _案號 91100910 五、發明說明(58) 個程序1 112係偏壓這個傳動裝置手臂1〇4 (第一圖a )以回 到這個光學媒體102上。若這個傳動裝置手臂1〇4並未回到 攻個光學媒體1 0 2上,則這個程序丨丨丨4便恢復先前的光碟 機狀態,其係中斷於偵測到這個誤差時。 右这個程序111 4無法自追蹤、聚焦、及旋轉誤差中回 復,則一個失敗回復清除程序丨丨丨6係觸動以執行"清除"工 作,諸如|根據這個問題,將執道及/或聚焦關閉。一個 程序1118係自這個即時作業系統(1^〇3)4〇6(第四圖) 要求一個RECOVERY—FAILED事件,藉以指示已嘗試過這個 回復步驟,但卻沒有成功。 一 ^运個回復步驟係成功,則這個程序丨丨丨4係發出一個 表不攻個光碟機已經恢復的通知至一個程序丨丨2 〇,苴隨 清除在這個郵件信箱3〇6 (第四圖)中的誤差位元及、 個即時作業系統(RT0S ) 406要求一個 RECOVERY 一 COMPLETE 事件。 第十一圖A係表示一個回復狀態機械9丨2,,里 這個回復管理裝置912。第十一圖A係表示對應於、;程 1104至1120的各個狀態11〇4,至112〇,。在第十一圖f中牙斤 在虛線上方所表示的條件係指示:轉換至下一個:需 ::條件,在虛線下方的資訊係指示:在轉換時所“的 用軌道、聚 在部分實施例中,下列的伺服誤差狀態可以利 焦、及旋轉控制程序以表示: 偏離光碟(Of f Disk )1223795 Amendment _ Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the Invention (58) Program 1 112 is to bias the transmission arm 104 (first picture a) to return to the optical medium 102. If the transmission arm 104 does not return to attacking an optical medium 102, this procedure will restore the previous state of the optical disc drive, which is interrupted when this error is detected. Right this program 111 4 is unable to recover from tracking, focus, and rotation errors, then a failure recovery clearing program 丨 丨 6 series of touches to perform " clear " work, such as | according to this question, will perform and / Or focus off. A program 1118 is from this real-time operating system (1 ^ 〇3) 4〇6 (the fourth picture) requires a RECOVERY-FAILED event to indicate that this recovery step has been tried but failed. If the reply step is successful, then this program 丨 丨 丨 4 sends a notification that the drive has been restored to a program 丨 2 〇, and then clear it in this mail box 3 06 (fourth The error bit in the figure) and a real-time operating system (RT0S) 406 require a RECOVERY-COMPLETE event. The eleventh figure A shows a reply state machine 9 丨 2, and the reply management device 912. The eleventh figure A shows the states 1104 to 112, which correspond to the processes 1104 to 1120. In the eleventh figure f, the conditions indicated above the dotted line are instructions: transition to the next: required :: conditions, the information below the dotted line indicates: the use of "tracks, concentrated in part to implement In the example, the following servo error states can be expressed by focusing and rotating the control program: Off f Disk

1223795 __案號 91100Q10_年月日__ 五、發明說明(59) 失敗自動跳動(Failed Auto Jump) 長期搜尋失敗(Long Seek Jump) 失敗跳動(Fai led Jump ) 校正失敗(Calibration Failure) 不良旋轉(Bad Spin) 不良執道(Bad Track) 不良聚焦造成執道(Bad Focus Caused Track) 不良聚焦(Bad Focus ) 誤差失敗(Error Failed) 取得通知事件(Got Notify Event) 暫停(T i m e d 0 u t ) 放棄(Aborted ) 在部分實施例中,下列的回復恢復狀態係可以加以儲 存: 繼續長期搜尋(Continue Long Seeks) 繼續跳動(Continue Jumps) 重新定位目前執道(Enable Current Track) 起動自動回跳(Enable Auto Jumpback) 開起轨道(Track On ) 開起可重覆耗盡(Repeatable Run—Out (RRO )) on 固定線性速度(CLV)資料(Constant Linear1223795 __Case No. 91100Q10_Year Month and Day__ V. Description of the Invention (59) Failed Auto Jump Long Seek Jump Failed Jump Calibration Failure Failure (Bad Spin) Bad Track Bad Focus Caused Track Bad Focus Error Failed Got Notify Event Pause (T imed 0 ut) Abandon (Aborted) In some embodiments, the following restoration statuses can be stored: Continue Long Seeks Continue Jumps Reposition the current track (Enable Current Track) Start Enable Auto Jump Jumpback) Track On Start Repeatable Run-Out (RRO) on Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) data (Constant Linear

Velocity (CLV ) Data ) 開起旋轉(S p i η 0 n )Velocity (CLV) Data) Start-up rotation (S p i η 0 n)

1223795 案號 91100910 五、發明說明(60) 開起聚焦(Focus On) 【偵測偏離光碟】 木❶這個光碟機1〇〇 (第一圖A)的光學媒體1〇2可以是非 吊微小的,並且,要避免這個光學擷取單元移 動至這個光學媒體102的格式化區域以外,諸如:沒有軌 道的最内徑或最外徑,可能是非常困難的。第十二圖八至 ^十圖c係表示一個偏離光碟偵測程序12〇〇的一個例 子,其係用來偵測一個偏離光碟的條 示-個非格式偵測管理裝置的—個心f十-圖A係表 第十-圖A中分類問題狀態1106,=::其係執行以做為 緊密Us:::/,個私序1 20 2係包括:偵測在嘗試 追=軌道交叉若這個數位信號處理“ 川4 I弟二圖)在一個程序12〇4 期間,諸如:500毫秒,内读測到追個預定時間 ^ ^ ^ 1 2 0 6 t ? 位信號處理器(DSP) 3〇4的確偵 /'1不。右廷個數 則:,序121。係監控這個追縱控好,^ 决疋疋否存在一個偏離光碟條件。 错以 第十二圖B係表示用以執行非袼 個圖示,其係用以摘測在第十二圖A^b價測的元件的一 化偵測管理裝置。第十二圖B係表 ^的這個非格式 (TCE)及這個光碟機1 00中其他元件、蹤控制工作 -個數位信號處理器(DSP)追蹤伺=的關係’特別是, 蹤控制工作(TCE)信號以做為—個220係輸出這個追 固追蹤/搜尋狀態機械1223795 Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the Invention (60) Focus On [Detect Deviating Disc] The wooden media 10 of the optical disc drive 100 (the first picture A) can be non-hanging tiny, Moreover, it may be very difficult to prevent the optical capture unit from moving outside the formatted area of the optical medium 102, such as the innermost diameter or outermost diameter of the track without the track. Figures twelve to eighth and tenth figure c show an example of a disc detection program 1200, which is used to detect a deviation from the disc-a non-format detection management device-a heart f The ten-figure A table is the tenth-figure A classification problem status 1106, = :: which is implemented as a tight Us ::: /, a private sequence of 1 20 2 series including: detection of trying to chase = track crossing If this digital signal is processed, "Chuan 4 I, the second figure) During a program of 1204, such as: 500 milliseconds, read and measure a predetermined time ^ ^ ^ 1 2 0 6 t? Bit signal processor (DSP) 3 04 indeed detect / '1 no. The number of right courts is :, order 121. It is good to monitor this chase and control, ^ whether there is a deviation from the disc condition. Figure 12B is used to indicate Execute a non-illustration diagram, which is used to extract the detection detection management device of the component shown in Figure 12 A ^ b. Figure 12 shows the non-format (TCE) and this Other components and trace control work in the optical disc drive 100-the relationship between a digital signal processor (DSP) trace servo = In particular, the trace control work (TCE) signal is used as a-22 0 series outputs this tracking / searching state machine

1223795 五、發明說明(61) 案號 911〇ngm1223795 V. Description of the invention (61) Case number 911〇ngm

9」1ι、έ及一個偏離光碟偵測程序1 224,的一個回授H 二個”控制工作(TCE)信號係 指示:延伸至if#、6乍()唬 加以處理,藉以 α之狎至達成追蹤所需的工作階層。 個圖示十;糸由表二執,非格式化偵測的邏輯電路的-否指示—個偏‘碑、二=個追縱控制卫作(TCE )信號是 的這個非格以娜第十二圖A中表* 追蹤控制工作(TCE)/\裝置。一個程序1 230係計算這個 ^ ^ ^ )彳5唬的絕對值。一個程序1 323係包 5) 這個追縱控制工作(TCE ) 获66 AS 古 濾波裝置,諸如:一個 σ,二、,、‘,至一個 訊。在部分實施例中 通濾波裝置’错以移除高頻雜 Π.6ΗΖ,二:個低頻滤波裝置的截止頻率係 100相關的動力及頻率以實施。 u九碟機 【監控追蹤/搜尋伺服】 Μ 91 4^ΛΑ i l t i « C ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 一夏她例其係由控制狀態圖示1 300、l3〇2、 1 3 04表不,藉以監控及控制這個光碟機丨⑽(第一圖a 執道功此。第十三圖A係有關於開起及關閉軌道、第、 圖B係有關,軌道跳動、且第十三圖c係有關於長期搜十尋二。 現在請參考第十三圖A,在這個追蹤取得狀態 1 3 0 0在這個追蹤閒置狀態13〇6時,當接收到一個追^ 伺服命令=,這個追蹤取得狀態機械以⑽係轉換至一二已 蹤開起狀態1 308。若聚焦係尚未開起,則這個追蹤取得狀9 "1ι, one and one deviating from the disc detection program 1 224, one feedback H two" control work (TCE) signals are instructions: extended to if #, 6 (), and then processed, so that the α to The working level required to achieve tracking. Figure 10; 糸 performed by Table 2, the non-instruction of the non-formatted detection logic circuit-a partial 'steel, two = a chase control work (TCE) signal is The following table of Fig. 12 in Figure A of the Figurine: Tracking Control Work (TCE) / \ device. A program 1 230 calculates the absolute value of this ^^^^ 5. A program 1 323 includes 5) This tracking control work (TCE) obtained 66 AS ancient filtering devices, such as: a σ, two ,, ', to a message. In some embodiments, the filtering device is wrong to remove high frequency noise. 6ΗZ, Two: The cut-off frequency of a low-frequency filter device is related to the power and frequency of 100 to implement. U Nine-disc [monitoring tracking / search servo] Μ 91 4 ^ ΛΑ ilti «C ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ For example, it is indicated by the control status diagram 1 300, 1320, 1 3 04, so as to monitor and control this optical disc drive 丨(The first picture a does the job. The thirteenth picture A is about starting and closing the orbit, the two pictures are related to the track bounce, and the thirteenth picture c is about long-term search.) Now Please refer to the thirteenth figure A. In this tracking acquisition state 1 3 0 0 In this tracking idle state 1306, when a tracking command is received, the tracking acquisition state machine is switched to one or two by the system. Tracking status 1 308. If the focus system has not been turned on, this tracking has obtained the status

第70頁 1223795Chapter 1223795

態機械1 3 Ο 0係進入一個追縱 係具有快閃記憶體,其包括 這個預先掌控媒體及可寫入 1 380及1 382係用以決定這個 是否位於這些預先掌控或凹 個光學媒體區域的數值。 非法狀態1 3 1 0。若這個光碟機 正確的校正數值以同時操作於 媒體上時,這些增益量測狀態 光學擷取單元(〇PU ) 1〇3目前 陷的區域上方、及選擇適於這 在由沒個軌道開起狀態丨3〇8轉換至這個增益量測狀態 1 380之前,一個,定追蹤誤差信號(TES )增益及偏移係 加以程式化,且14個數位信號處理器(Dsp ) 3 〇 4 (第三 圖)係架構以量測這個追蹤誤差信號(TES)的峰值與峰 值間(peak to peak )的振幅。這個增益量測狀態丨38〇 係起動這個數位信號處理器(Dsp)3〇4a開始量測這個 蹤誤差信號(TES)的峰值與峰值間(peak_t〇_peak) ,振幅,並隨即轉換至這個量測增益狀態丨382。這個增益 罝測狀態1 382係允許這個數位信號處理器(Dsp ) 3〇4 一個 〒定的時間期間,諸如:25毫秒,藉以完成這個追蹤誤差 ,號(TES)的峰值與峰值間(peak_t〇_peak)的振幅 置測。當這個量測完成後,相關於這媒體區域類型的一個 決定係根據這個得到的振幅以做成。一個相當小的振幅係 ,不··這個光學擷取單元(〇pu ) 1〇3目前係位於一個預先 掌控媒體的上方’且適於這個預先掌控媒體的數值係加以 載入。一個相當大的振幅則指示:這個光學擷取單元 (0PU ) 103目前係位於一個可寫入媒體的上方,且適於這 個可寫入媒體的數值係加以載入。另夕卜在增益量測狀態The state machine 1 3 0 0 enters a tracking system with flash memory, which includes the pre-controlled media and writeable 1 380 and 1 382 systems to determine whether this is located in these pre-controlled or recessed optical media areas. Value. Illegal status 1 3 1 0. If the optical disc drive corrects the correct values to operate on the media at the same time, the gain measurement status of the optical capture unit (〇PU) 103 is above the currently trapped area, and the selection is suitable for this to start from each track. State 丨 3〇8 before this gain measurement state 1 380, a fixed tracking error signal (TES) gain and offset are programmed, and 14 digital signal processors (Dsp) 3 〇4 (third (Figure) system to measure the peak-to-peak amplitude of this tracking error signal (TES). The gain measurement state 丨 38 ° starts the digital signal processor (Dsp) 304a to start measuring the peak-to-peak (peak_t0_peak) amplitude of the trace error signal (TES), and then switches to this Measure gain status 丨 382. The gain estimation state 1 382 allows the digital signal processor (Dsp) 3 04 for a predetermined period of time, such as: 25 milliseconds, to complete the tracking error, the peak-to-peak value of the number (TES) (peak_t). _peak). When the measurement is completed, a decision regarding the type of media area is made based on the obtained amplitude. A relatively small amplitude system, no. The optical acquisition unit (〇pu) 103 is currently located above a pre-controlled medium 'and a numerical system suitable for this pre-controlled medium is loaded. A relatively large amplitude indicates that the optical pickup unit (0PU) 103 is currently located above a writable medium, and a value suitable for the writable medium is loaded. Also in the state of gain measurement

五、發明說明(63) 1 382中,這個數位信號處理器(DSp )控制暫存裝置的 WRITEABLEMEDIA位το (第三圖D )係加以設定或清除,藉 以告許這個數位信號處理器(DSp)3〇4 :這個光學擷取曰單 兀(0PU) 103目前是在這個光學媒體的什麼類型、或區域 上方。隨後,這個追蹤取得狀態機械13〇〇係 測狀態1 382轉換至一個起動追縱狀態1 384。 請再度參考這個執道開起狀態138〇,若這個 100未能將正確的數值儲存在快閃記憶 辦 1 380及1 382並不會被用到。相反地,這個2從皿狀 動追縱狀換至犧 m里器(dsp)3〇4中的一個追得j::: 個預定的時間延;=變成起動,其長達- 蹤積分裝置係起動於這個追蹤取得程:間過”,-個追 積分裝置狀態1 31 4係變成起動,苴^ ,且一個追蹤等待 間。當這個延遲期間過期時個個預定的延遲期 現況狀態1318前,轉換至這個:糸在進入這個追蹤 (TES )整合狀態丨3〗6,1 待執道决差信號 若這個追縱狀態係t;ack達另-=延遲期間。 維持在一個追蹤起動狀態132〇〜,K ’則這個狀態係轉換並 為止,此時,這個狀態係轉換 細偵測到一個追蹤問題 隨後,這個狀態係經由一系 追蹤關閉狀態1 322。 阳4,轉換以設定控制旗標清點狀態1 323至 月除在廷個數位信號處理 1223795V. Description of the invention (63) 1 382, the digital signal processor (DSp) controls the WRITEABLEMEDIA bit το (third picture D) of the temporary storage device to be set or cleared, thereby permitting the digital signal processor (DSp) 304: The optical capture unit (0PU) 103 is currently over what type or area of the optical medium. Subsequently, the tracking acquisition state machine 1300 system measurement state 1 382 transitions to a start tracking state 1 384. Please refer again to the opening state of the channel 138. If the 100 fails to store the correct value in the flash memory, the 1 380 and 1 382 will not be used. Conversely, this 2 is changed from a dish-like moving chase to one of the dsp 304 to obtain j ::: a predetermined time delay; = becomes a start, which is as long as the track integration device The system is started in this tracking acquisition process: time passing ", a tracking point device status of 1 31 4 system becomes starting, 苴 ^, and a tracking waiting time. When this delay period expires, the current status of each predetermined delay period is before 1318. Switch to this: 糸 Entering the tracking (TES) integration state 丨 3〗 6, 1 pending execution signal If the tracking state is t; ack reaches another-= delay period. Maintain in a tracking start state 132 〇 ~, K 'then this state is transitioned up to this point. At this time, this state transition has detected a tracking problem. Subsequently, this state is switched off via a series of trace states 1 322. Yang 4. Switch to set the control flag. Inventory Status 1 323 to Month Divide Digital Signal Processing 1223795

皇號911咖1〇 五、發明說明(64) (DSP ) 304 (第三圖)中的變數,其關 狀態1 332前的追蹤。 、進入個關閉 =個追縱起動狀態132。時’在這個光學媒體ι〇2 (第圖A)上跳動一個單一軌道或複數個軌道 令係可以讀取。執道跳動可以實施以多種不同的方式,〒置 ,括··一次跳動兩個或更多個執道、在這個光學媒體1〇2、 母個旋轉時跳動一個轨道、以及在這個光學媒體1〇2的莩 個特定數目旋轉時跳動某個特定數目的軌道。、這些跳動的 方向可以疋月|j向或逆向。 在部分實施例中,雷射功率在軌道搜尋功能期間,可 以在這個追蹤起動狀態1 320自一個較高功率模式降低至一 個低功率模式。這個雷射功率模式亦可以在轉換至這個追 縱關閉狀態1 3 2 2時,降低至這個低功率模式。 轨 第十二圖B係表示一個狀態圖表的一個例子,其可以 實施以控制軌道跳動。當接收到一個單一轨道跳動命令 時,這個狀態係自這個追蹤起動狀態1 32〇轉換至開始單一 跳動1狀態1 3 3 2,其中,各個變數係設定以指示:此時讀 取或寫入运個光學媒體1 〇 2並不安全。隨後,這個狀態係 轉換至開始單一跳動2狀態1 334,其發出一個單一執道搜 尋控制命令至這個數位信號處理器(DSP ) 304。當接收到 一個自動回跳命令時,這個狀態係由這個追蹤起動狀態 1 3 2 0轉換至一個開始自動回跳狀態1 3 3 3,其中,各個變數 可以加以設定,其包括:指示跳動類型、跳動軌道數目、 &道跳動間延遲、跳動間旋轉數目(旋轉邊緣計數)、旋Emperor's number 911 coffee 10 V. Variables in the description of the invention (64) (DSP) 304 (third picture), the off state of the tracking before 1 332. Enter a shutdown = 132 chase start state. Hour 'beats a single track or multiple tracks on this optical medium ι02 (Figure A) to make it readable. The beating of the road can be implemented in a variety of different ways, including: beating two or more of the roads at a time, beating a track when the parent media rotates, and being on the optical medium A certain number of orbits are beaten when a specific number of rotations of 〇2. The direction of these beatings can be 疋 month | j direction or reverse direction. In some embodiments, the laser power may be reduced from a higher power mode to a lower power mode in this tracking start state 1 320 during the track search function. This laser power mode can also be reduced to this low power mode when transitioning to this tracking off state 1 3 2 2. Track Twelfth Figure B shows an example of a state diagram that can be implemented to control orbital runout. When a single track jump command is received, this state transitions from the tracking start state 1 32 to the start of a single jump 1 state 1 3 3 2, where each variable is set to indicate: at this time read or write operation One optical medium 102 is not safe. Subsequently, this state transitions to the start of a single bounce 2 state 1 334, which issues a single execution search control command to the digital signal processor (DSP) 304. When an automatic jumpback command is received, this state transitions from the tracking start state 1 3 2 0 to a start automatic jumpback state 1 3 3 3, where each variable can be set, including: indicating the type of jump, Number of Beat Tracks, & Delay Between Track Beats, Number of Rotation Between Beats (Rotation Edge Count), Spin

第73頁 1223795 --—案號 91100910__年 月__修正_ 五、發明說明(65) 轉計數裝置(旋轉邊緣計數裝置)、及此時讀取及寫入這 個光學媒體1 0 2並不安全的參數。隨後,這個狀態係轉換 至一個同步自動回跳狀態1 335,其起始化永久參數並發出 一個單一軌道搜尋控制命令至這個數位信號處理器 (D S P ) 3 0 4 ’每當發生這個永久旋轉索引時。若這個物理 區段位址(PSA )狀態並非位於一個物理區段位址(pSA ) 閒置狀態1 6 0 2 (第十六圖),則這個物理區段位址 (PS A )狀態係在進入這個同步自動回跳狀態丨3 3 5前,設 定為閒置。這個物理區段位址(PS A )狀態係配合第十六 圖,進一步說明如下。 一個凋整偏壓功能1 3 3 7係可以執行以提供低頻的追縱 控制工作(TCE )、並允許這個數位信號處理器(Dsp ) 304處理高頻的追縱控制工作(tce )。 P近後’這個狀態會在要求這個數位信號處理器 (DSP) 304開始一個單一轨道搜尋、清除這個重設跳動指 軚:设定指標JUMP —PI —TRACK (指示向這個光學媒體丨〇2 内徑的一個跳動)及JUMP—Ml—TRACK (指示向這個光學 媒體102外徑的一個跳動)、清除這個旋轉邊緣計數裝 置、设定這個旋轉邊緣計數為這個執道跳動計數後,轉換 至一個軌道等待跳動狀態1 336。這個狀態係維持於這個軌 道等待跳動狀態1 33 6,直到這個數位信號處理器(DSp) 304返回-個狀態指標,其表示這個搜尋(亦稱為執道跳 動)是否成功。 在第十三圖B所示實施例中所包括的部分現況指標係Page 73 1223795-case number 91100910__year month__correction_ V. Description of the invention (65) Turn counting device (rotating edge counting device), and at this time read and write this optical medium 1 0 2 does not Safe parameters. Subsequently, this state transitions to a synchronous auto-bounce state 1 335, which initializes the permanent parameters and sends a single track search control command to the digital signal processor (DSP) 3 0 4 'whenever this permanent rotation index occurs Time. If the physical sector address (PSA) status is not located in a physical sector address (pSA) idle state 1620 (Figure 16), then the physical sector address (PS A) status is Bounce state 丨 3, 5 before, set to idle. This physical sector address (PS A) state is further explained in conjunction with the sixteenth figure. A trimming bias function 1 3 3 7 series can be executed to provide low frequency tracking control work (TCE) and allow this digital signal processor (Dsp) 304 to handle high frequency tracking control work (tce). This state will require the digital signal processor (DSP) 304 to start a single track search and clear the reset jump indicator: Set the index JUMP —PI —TRACK (indicate to this optical medium 丨 〇2 A jump of the path) and JUMP-Ml-TRACK (indicate a jump to the outer diameter of the optical medium 102), clear the rotating edge counting device, set the rotating edge count to the execution beat count, and switch to a track Waiting for beating state 1 336. This state is maintained in the track waiting to jump state 1 33 6 until the digital signal processor (DSp) 304 returns a status indicator, which indicates whether the search (also known as track jump) is successful. Part of the current status indicators included in the embodiment shown in Figure 13B

1223795 ΜΆ 9iiQQ9in 五、發明說明(66) 包括··一個不良軌道狀 以供發出並轉換至這個 動,其會造成一個轉換 個良好軌道狀態,其會 1342。要注意的是,在 變亦可能會造成一個轉 軌道良好跳動1342,其 中斷服務例行程序的一 這個狀態係在清除 跳動1 3 4 0及這個軌道良 一個執道計數跳動。若 係轉換至一個軌道跳動 等待跳動狀態1 3 3 6的這 間’猎以允許這個傳動 個跳動前安定。若不想 指標係失敗,則這個狀 1320。若不想要跳動更 功,則這個狀態係向回 1 335。 態,其會造成一個通知及追蹤事件 軌道關閉狀態1 322 ; —個不良跳 至一個軌道不良跳動1340 ;以及一 造成一個轉換至一個軌道良好跳動 這個郵件信箱306中的一個狀態改 換至這個轨道不良跳動1 340及這個 將配合第二十圖Β中這個郵件信箱 個貫施例,進一步說明如下。 對應的參數及/或自這個軌道不良 好跳動1 3 4 2中完成設定後,轉換至 想要跳動更多個軌道,則這個狀態 安定狀態1 3 4 6,其中,至這個轨道 個轉換係延遲一個特定的時間期 裝置手臂104 (第一圖Α)以在下一 要跳動更多個軌道且這個自動回跳 態係向回轉換至這個追蹤起動狀態 多個轨道且這個自動回跳指標係成 轉換至這個同步自動回跳狀態 現在請參考第十三圖c,其係表示一個狀態機械1304 的一個實施例,其係根據一個搜尋命令的接收,以控制長 期搜尋,其開始於一個開始長度搜尋狀態1 3 5 〇。參數1223795 ΜΆ 9iiQQ9in V. Description of the Invention (66) Includes a bad orbital state for issuing and switching to this movement, which will cause a transition to a good orbital state, which will be 1342. It should be noted that the change may also cause a turn orbit good beating 1342, one of its interrupt service routines. This state is clearing the beating 1 3 4 0 and this orbit is good for a track count beating. If the system switches to an orbital runout, wait for this runout state of 1 3 3 6 to allow the drive to settle before a runout. If you do not want the indicator to fail, this is 1320. If you do not want to beat more, then this state will return to 1 335. State, which will cause a notification and tracking event track off state 1 322;-a bad jump to a track bad bounce 1340; and a transition to a track good bounce The status of this email box 306 changes to this bad track The beating 1 340 and this embodiment will be described in conjunction with the mail box in the twentieth figure B. Corresponding parameters and / or after completing the setting of this track's poor jumping 1 3 4 2 and switching to want to jump more tracks, then this state is stable 1 3 4 6 where the transition to this track is delayed For a specific period of time, the device arm 104 (first picture A) is to jump more tracks in the next time and the automatic rebound state is switched back to the tracking start state multiple tracks and the automatic rebound index is converted To this synchronized automatic bounce state, please refer to Figure 13c, which shows an embodiment of a state machine 1304, which is based on the reception of a search command to control the long-term search, which starts in a start-length search state 1 3 5 0. parameter

Jump—Cnt—LoB、jump—cnt—MiddleB、及Jump—Cnt—LoB, jump—cnt—MiddleB, and

Jump—Cnt —HiB係表示這個數位信號處理器(DSP ) 3〇4所Jump-Cnt-HiB refers to the digital signal processor (DSP).

第75頁 1223795Page 75 1223795

使用的二十四個位元的低 '中、高位元組,藉以決 目。這個調整偏壓搜尋功能1351係可以執行以產 ^傳動裝置手臂的一個偏壓數值,藉以提供低頻 的追蹤控制工作(TCE)及允許這個數位信號處理器 jDSP ) j〇4處理高頻的追蹤控制工作(TCE )。在搜尋功 =1 3 53前的這個偏壓係可以執行以在這個調整偏壓搜尋功 能1351產生這個參數的一個新數值前,儲存目前的追蹤傳 動裝置手臂偏壓數值。這個儲存的數值可以在這些狀態 1 3 5 2及1 3 5 4間進行轉換時使用。 下列參數,諸如:一個開起搜尋旗標、一個開起軌道 積分裝置旗標、一個軌道積分裝置重設旗標、一個物理區 段位址(PSA )閒置旗標、及這個雷射功率模式,可以在 轉換至一個長期搜尋增益調整狀態丨358前加以起始化。在 這個長期搜尋增益調整狀態1 358中,在這個搜尋結束時所 期望的這些適用於這個光學媒體丨〇 2類型的校正參數係加 以載入。舉例來說,若這個光學擷取單元(〇pu ) 1〇3係預 期在這個搜哥結束時降至一個可寫入媒體,則適於這個可 寫入媒體的校正參數係在這個長期搜尋增益調整狀態丨3 5 8 中載入。若這個光學擷取單元(OPU );[ 03係預期在這個搜 尋結束時降至一個預先掌控媒體,則適於這個預先掌控媒 體的校正參數係在這個長期搜尋增益調整狀態1 3 5 8中載 入〇 隨後,這個追蹤控制狀態機械1 3 0 4係轉換至一個等待 長期搜尋狀態1 3 5 2。若允許一個搜尋的這個時間在這個搜Twenty-four low-, middle-, and high-order bytes are used for decision purposes. The adjustment bias search function 1351 can execute a bias value of the transmission arm to provide low frequency tracking control work (TCE) and allow this digital signal processor jDSP) j04 to handle high frequency tracking control. Work (TCE). The bias system before the search function = 1 53 can be executed to store the current arm bias value of the tracking actuator before the adjusted bias search function 1351 generates a new value for this parameter. This stored value can be used when switching between these states 1 3 5 2 and 1 3 5 4. The following parameters, such as a start search flag, a start orbit integrator flag, an orbit int reset flag, a physical sector address (PSA) idle flag, and the laser power mode, can Initialize before switching to a long-term search gain adjustment state. In this long-term search gain adjustment state 1 358, the type of correction parameters expected for the optical medium at the end of the search are loaded. For example, if the optical capture unit (〇pu) 103 is expected to be reduced to a writable medium at the end of the search, the correction parameters suitable for the writable medium are at the long-term search gain Adjustment status 丨 3 5 8 is loaded. If the optical capture unit (OPU); [03 is expected to be reduced to a pre-controlled medium at the end of the search, the correction parameters suitable for the pre-controlled medium are contained in the long-term search gain adjustment state 1 3 5 8 After entering 〇, this tracking control state machine 1 3 0 4 series switches to a waiting long-term search state 1 3 5 2. If a search is allowed at this time

第76頁 1223795 --±_月 曰 你不_ 五、發明說明(68) ----- ,=成刖過期、或這個數位信號處理器(Μ? ) 已經設Page 76 1223795-± _ month said you don't_ V. Description of the invention (68) -----, == expired, or the digital signal processor (Μ?) Has been set

疋位化號處理器(DSp)狀態暫存裝置的SEEK 上,),則這個狀態係轉換至-個失敗長期搜 J ^夺、。若這個搜尋係完成,則這個狀態係轉換至這 固’月搜哥’弓除狀態1 3 5 6,其中,額外參數亦可以在轉換 至這個追蹤等待積分裝置狀態1314前,加以清除或重新起 始化0 第十三圖c亦表示一個讀取頭載入狀態機械139〇的一 個例子。這個讀取頭載入狀態機械1 390的目的是要定位這 個光學擷取單元(opu) 103於這個光學媒體102的區域上 方,其包括軌道以取得追蹤。這個讀取頭載入狀態機械 1 390可以在這個光碟機i 00處於任何物理方向或在震動及 /或變動存在時使用。方向及/或震動及變動可能會造成 這個光學擷取單元(0PU) 103被位置在包括軌道的這個光 學媒體1 0 2的部分之外。 這個讀取頭載入狀態機械1 390可以開始於一個開始讀 取頭載入唯一狀態1 3 6 0或一個開始讀取頭載入狀態丨3 6 2 中。若這個讀取頭載入狀態機械1 3 9 0係開始於這個開始讀 取頭載入唯一狀態1 360中,則這個讀取頭載入狀態機械 1 3 9 0將會在不須開始這個追蹤取得狀態機械丨3 〇 〇的情況下 元成。這乃疋在這個開始ό貝取頭載入唯·—狀態1 3 6 0中,夢 由將這個f HeadLoadOnly旗標設定為真以達成。若這個讀 取頭載入狀態機械1 3 9 0係開始於這個開始讀取頭載入狀維 1 3 6 2中’則這個項取頭載入狀態機械1 3 9 0將會在完成後,The bit number processor (DSp) state is temporarily stored on the SEEK of the device, and then this state is switched to a failed long-term search. If the search system is completed, the status will be changed to the solid "month search brother" bowing status 1 3 5 6 of which, additional parameters can also be cleared or restarted before switching to this tracking waiting integration device status 1314 Initialization 0 The thirteenth figure c also shows an example of a read head loading state machine 139. The purpose of the read head loading state machine 1 390 is to position the optical pickup unit (opu) 103 above the area of the optical medium 102, which includes tracks to obtain tracking. The read head loading status mechanism 1 390 can be used when the optical disc drive i 00 is in any physical orientation or in the presence of vibrations and / or movements. Orientation and / or vibrations and movements may cause the optical capture unit (0PU) 103 to be positioned outside the portion of the optical medium 102 that includes the track. The read head loading state machine 1 390 can start in a start reading head loading unique state 1 3 6 0 or a start reading head loading state 丨 3 6 2. If the read head loading state machine 1 3 0 0 starts in this start read head loading state 1 360, then the read head loading state machine 1 3 9 0 will not need to start the tracking In the case of the state machine 丨 3 00, it is Yuancheng. This is why at the beginning of this time, in the state 1 360, the dream is achieved by setting the f HeadLoadOnly flag to true. If the reading head loading state machine 1 3 0 0 starts from this start reading head loading state machine 1 3 6 2 ’, then this item of loading head loading state machine 1 3 9 0 will be completed,

第77頁 1223795 修正 __案號 91100910_ 年月 s 五、發明說明(69)Page 77 1223795 Amendment __Case No. 91100910_ Year Month s V. Description of Invention (69)

起始化這個追蹤取得狀態機械1 300。若這個開始讀取頭載 入狀悲機械1 3 6 2係偵測這個聚焦伺服迴路並非封閉的、或 這個追蹤迴路為封閉的,則這個狀態係轉換至1這個軌道 關閉狀態1 322,其中,關閉追蹤的程序人加以起始化。在 這個開始讀取頭載入狀態1 362中,若這個聚焦伺^係封閉 的、且這個追蹤伺服係開放的,則一個偏壓電壓係施加於 這個追蹤傳動裝置依靠於這個光碟機丨00中一個内徑 (I D )碰撞阻擔的位置。這個開始讀取頭載入狀態丨362亦 設定這個旋轉速度為一個預定速度,諸如·· 293〇RpM,並 程式化這個數位彳§號處理器(D S P ) 3 0 4以取樣及報告這個 軌道誤差信號(TES )。隨後’這個開始讀取頭載入狀態 1 3 6 2係轉換至一個h e a d 1 〇 a d 1狀態1 3 6 6。Initialize this track to get status machine 1 300. If the start reading head is loaded with the machine 1 3 6 2 to detect that the focus servo loop is not closed, or the tracking loop is closed, then this state transitions to 1 this track closed state 1 322, where The programmer who turned off tracking was initiated. In this initial read head loading state 1 362, if the focus servo system is closed and the tracking servo system is open, a bias voltage is applied to the tracking actuator and depends on the optical disc drive 00. The position of an internal diameter (ID) collision resistance. The loading state of the start reading head 丨 362 also sets the rotation speed to a predetermined speed, such as 293 ° RpM, and programs the digital processor (DSP) 3 0 4 to sample and report the track error Signal (TES). Then ‘this read head loading state 1 3 6 2 is switched to a h e a d 1 〇 a d 1 state 1 3 6 6.

這個headloadl狀態1 366係延遲一個預定時間期間, 諸如:3 0毫秒,藉以允許這個追蹤傳動裝置相對於内徑 (I D )碰撞阻接的安定時間、及給予這個數位信號處理器 (DSP ) 3 04完成第一量測的時間。隨後,這個狀態係轉換 至一個headload2狀態1 368,其中係收集更多個軌道誤差、 k號(T E S )取樣。當收集到一個完全預定數目的取樣 時’這個狀態係轉換至一個headload3狀態1 370,其中, 這些軌道誤差信號(TES )取樣係用以決定這個光學榻取 單元(ΟΡϋ ) 103是否位於包括執道的這個光學媒體1〇2的 部分上方。若這個光學擷取單元(〇ρυ )】〇3係位於軌道部 分上方,則這個軌道誤差信號(TES )係具有一個正弦波 形且許多取樣點將會遠離正弦波的平均數值而更接近於峰The headload1 state 1 366 is delayed by a predetermined time period, such as: 30 milliseconds, to allow the settling time for the tracking gear to crash against the inner diameter (ID), and to give the digital signal processor (DSP) 3 04 Time to complete the first measurement. Subsequently, this state transitions to a headload2 state 1 368, where it collects more orbit errors, k number (TES) samples. When a completely predetermined number of samples are collected, this state transitions to a headload3 state 1 370, where the orbital error signal (TES) sampling is used to determine whether the optical bench unit (ΟΡϋ) 103 is located including the road Above this part of the optical media 102. If the optical acquisition unit (〇ρυ)] 03 is located above the orbital portion, the orbital error signal (TES) has a sine wave shape and many sampling points will be far away from the average value of the sine wave and closer to the peak.

第78頁 1223795 -案號 9110091Π_ 年月日 修正 五、發明說明(70) 一 ~" 值。當偏離這個光學擷取單元(〇PU ) i 〇3的這個軌道部分 時,則這個執道誤差信號(TES)並不是正弦波且大約是 以一個平均值為中心,除了在這個媒體中存有特微的位置 以外。因此,若這個光學擷取單元(0PlJ ) 1〇3並不是位於 這個轨道部分上方,則大部分取樣點將會相當接近所收集 軌道誤差信號(TES )的平均值。這些軌道誤差信號 (TES )取樣在分佈上的差異係用於這個headi〇ad3狀態 1 370中’藉以決定這個光學擷取單元(〇ρϋ ) ι〇3是否位於 這個光學媒體102的上方。若這個headl〇ad3狀態1 370係決 定這個光學擷取單元(〇PU ) 1 〇3不是位於這個光學媒體 1 0 2的上方’則這個追蹤偏壓係予以降低,進而降低將這 個追縱傳動裝置推向這個内徑(丨D )碰撞阻擋的力量、並 執行返回這個headloadl狀態1 362的一個轉換。 與這些狀態1 3 6 6、1 368、1 370的這個程序係加以重 覆’直到這個狀態1 370係決定這個光學擷取單元(0PU ) 1 03的確位於這個轨道部分的上方、或直到這個強迫這個 追蹤傳動裝置推向這個内徑(丨D )碰撞阻擋的偏壓係降低 至通過一個預定點,其決定這個讀取頭載入狀態機械1390 已經失敗。若這個讀取頭載入狀態機械丨3 9 〇係失敗,則一 個轉換係執行以自這個狀態1 370轉換至這個軌道關閉狀態 1322 °若這個headi〇ad3狀態1 370係決定這個光學擷取單 疋(0PU ) 1 〇 3已位於這個軌道部分上方,則這個追蹤偏壓 係進一步增加,在這個實施例中為ox200計數、且這個狀 態係轉換至一個headload4狀態1 37 2。若這個Page 78 1223795-Case No. 9110091Π_ Year Month Day Amendment V. Description of Invention (70) A ~ " value. When deviating from the orbital portion of the optical capture unit (〇PU) i 〇3, the execution error signal (TES) is not a sine wave and is approximately centered around an average value, except that the Outside the special position. Therefore, if the optical pickup unit (0PlJ) 103 is not located above the orbital portion, most of the sampling points will be fairly close to the average of the collected orbital error signal (TES). The difference in the distribution of these track error signal (TES) samples is used in the headi0ad3 state 1 370 'to determine whether the optical capture unit (〇ρ〇) ι03 is located above the optical medium 102. If the headl0ad3 state 1 370 determines that the optical capture unit (〇PU) 1 〇3 is not located above the optical medium 102, then the tracking bias system is reduced, thereby reducing the tracking drive Push toward the inner diameter (D) of the collision blocking force and perform a transition back to the headloadl state 1 362. This procedure with these states 1 3 6 6, 1 368, 1 370 is repeated 'until this state 1 370 determines that the optical pickup unit (0PU) 1 03 is indeed located above the orbital part, or until the forcing The biasing force of the tracking transmission device pushing toward the inner diameter (D) collision stop is reduced to pass a predetermined point, which determines that the loading state of the read head mechanism 1390 has failed. If the read head is loaded in the state machine, the 3-9 ° system fails, a conversion system is executed to change from this state 1 370 to the track closed state 1322 ° If the headi 0ad3 state 1 370 system determines the optical pick-up order疋 (0PU) 1 〇3 is already located above this track part, then the tracking bias is further increased, in this embodiment it is ox200 count, and this state is switched to a headload4 state 1 37 2. If this

第79頁 1223795 - ---MM_91100910_ 年 月_曰修正 五、發明說明(71) " ---- fHeadLoadOnly旗標係在一個預定延遲(諸如· 1〇〇毫秒) 後為真,則一個追蹤事件係由這個即時作業系統(Μ⑽) 4 0 6所要求、且這個狀態係轉換至一個讀取頭载入完成狀 態1376。若這個fHeadLoadOnly旗標係在一個預定延遲 (諸如· 1 0 0宅秒)後發現為假,則一個轉換係執行,騎 以直接進入這個轨道開起狀態丨3 〇 8。 曰 【監控聚焦伺服】 第十四圖A至第十四圖c係表示聚焦控制狀態機械 1 4 0 0、1 4 0 2、1 4 0 3的一個實施例,其係組地表示以第九圖 所示的這個聚焦控制狀態機械9丨6,用以監控及控制這個 光碟機1 0 0 (第一圖A )的聚焦功能。第十四圖A係有關於 取得聚焦、以及開起及關閉聚焦;而第十四圖B及第十四 圖C則是有關於決定一個聚焦偏移,藉以將個傳動裝置手 臂1 0 4 (第一圖A )驟啟地移離這個光學媒體丨〇 2 (第一圖 A ) 0 現在請參考第十四圖A,在一個聚焦控制狀態機械 1 400係位於這個聚焦閒置狀態14〇6時,當接收到一個聚焦 祠服命令時,這個聚焦控制狀態機械丨4〇〇係轉換至一個開 起聚焦狀態1408。若這個傳動裝置手臂1〇4 (第一圖a)並 未驟啟地移離這個光學媒體丨〇 2 (第一圖a ),則這個狀態 係經由一個開起驟啟移離狀態丨4 〇 8轉換至一個聚焦驟啟移 離狀態1 41 0。在這些狀態丨4丨〇及丨4丨2間的轉換係加以控 制’直到將這個傳動裝置手臂驟啟移離這個光學媒體的這 個驟啟輪廓已經完成。1223795 on page 79---- MM_91100910_ Year Month _ Revision V. Invention Description (71) " ---- fHeadLoadOnly flag is true after a predetermined delay (such as · 100 milliseconds), then a trace The event is requested by the real-time operating system (Μ⑽) 406, and the state is changed to a read head loading completion state 1376. If the fHeadLoadOnly flag is found to be false after a predetermined delay (such as · 100 sec), a conversion system is executed to ride directly into the track start state. [Monitoring Focus Servo] Figures 14A to 14C show an embodiment of the focus control state machine 1 4 0 0, 1 4 0 2, 1 4 0 3, which collectively represents the ninth The focus control state machine 9 丨 6 shown in the figure is used to monitor and control the focus function of the optical disc drive 100 (first picture A). The fourteenth picture A is about obtaining focus, and turning on and off the focus; and the fourteenth pictures B and fourteen C are about determining a focus offset, so that the transmission arm 1 0 4 ( First picture A) Move away from the optical medium suddenly 〇〇2 (first picture A) 0 Now refer to the fourteenth picture A, when a focus control state machine 1 400 is in this focus idle state 1406 When a focus order service command is received, the focus control state machine 400 shifts to an open focus state 1408. If the transmission device arm 104 (first picture a) does not suddenly move away from the optical medium 丨 02 (first picture a), then this state is moved through an open and sudden start movement state 4 8 Transition to a focus kick-off state 1 41 0. The switching system between these states 丨 4 丨 〇 and 丨 4 丨 2 is controlled 'until the sudden start contour of moving the actuator arm away from the optical medium has been completed.

第80頁 1223795Chapter 1223795

置’ 聚?二 焦係將要開起的話。這個開始聚焦:得棘:聚 聚焦取得狀態,其中係 =二這個光學媒體’直到這個數位信號處理器 ) 304返回一個狀態指標,其表示是 ^ 這個數位信號處理器(DSP) 304係關閉聚声 態機械140。係經由一個聚焦迴路封閉狀態;^: =焦起動積分裝置狀態1 420、及—個 期η:這:i:信號處理器(dsp)3°4在一個預定的時間 期間後,係發出一個f0CUS—OK狀態,則這個狀態係進一 步轉換至一個聚焦起動狀態1 428。若這個數位信號處理器 上DSP \3〇4係發出一個f〇cus—bad狀態且聚焦係封閉,“ 這個狀態係轉換至一個聚焦推進重試狀態丨426、隨後至這 個開始聚焦狀態1 4 〇 8以重新嘗試取得聚焦。 這個聚焦控制狀態機械1 400可以在下列條件中,轉換 至一個聚焦關閉狀態1 430 ·· (1 )目前狀態係這個斜坡聚、 焦取得狀態1 41 6且最大斜坡位置係達到;(2 )目前狀態 係這個聚焦推進重試狀態丨426且最大推離數值係大於或^ 於額疋數值的四分之一;或(3 ) —個聚焦問題係在這個 聚焦起動狀態1 428中發生。這個聚焦關閉狀態143〇係轉換Put ’together? Second, Jiao is about to start. This starts to focus: it gets tricky: the focus obtains the state, where the system = two of this optical medium 'until the digital signal processor) 304 returns a status indicator, which indicates that ^ the digital signal processor (DSP) 304 is closed. State machinery 140. The state is closed via a focusing circuit; ^: = focus start integration device state 1 420, and period η: this: i: signal processor (dsp) 3 ° 4 After a predetermined time period, an f0CUS is issued —OK state, this state is further changed to a focus start state 1 428. If the DSP \ 3〇4 system on this digital signal processor issues a focus-bad state and the focus system is closed, "this state is switched to a focus advance retry state 426, and then to this focus start state 1 4 〇 8 to retry to obtain focus. This focus control state machine 1 400 can switch to a focus off state 1 430 in the following conditions: (1) The current state is this slope focus, focus acquisition state 1 41 6 and the maximum slope position Reached; (2) the current state is the focus advance retry state; 426 and the maximum push away value is greater than or equal to a quarter of the frontal value; or (3) a focus problem is in the focus start state Occurs in 1 428. This focus off state 143 ° is a transition

第81頁 1223795 案號 91100910 λ_a. 曰 五、發明說明⑺) -- 至這個開始驟啟推離狀態14 〇 8及這個聚焦驟啟推離狀態 1 41 0。這個"最佳推離數值”係表示在將這個傳動裝置手臂 1 0 4位置於這個光學媒體1 〇 2外所使用的控制工作。一個額 定的推離數值可以使用,除了在這個聚焦推進狀態丨426所 管理的這些重試工作以外。在部分情形中,這傭傳動裝置 手臂1 0 4可以在這個推離數值過大時,變為棒狀。若在封 閉聚焦的嘗試係未成功,則這個聚焦推進重試狀態丨426係 以二分之一額定數值為最佳推離數值再行進入。若在封閉 聚焦的嘗試仍未成功,則四分之一額定數值的一個數值係 用以做為最佳進離數值。 請參考這個聚焦驟啟遠離狀態1410,若聚焦係欲關 閉,則這個狀態係在發出一個聚焦事件及進入一個聚焦遠 f狀:1 432前’經由-系列的零點聚焦狀態以進行轉換, 藉,清除在,個數位信號處理器(DSp)3〇4中的聚焦參 ί J f ’若聚焦係不欲關閉,則這個狀態係轉換至這個 開始聚焦取得狀態丨4丨4。 "0?第it η:圖B—及第十四圖C係表示這些聚焦控制狀態機械 用。在笛+的貫施例,_其可以在校正及工程測試期間使 值叙捉罢Ϊ四圖B中所示的狀態1 45 0至1454係用以將這個 一個連續的正弦式運動移向及移離 跟产一彳κι τ'版在第十四圖C中所示的狀態1 456至1 460係 & ί $弦輪廓,藉以將這個傳動裝置手臂1 04由一個 位置移動至另一個位置。 【監控旋轉伺服】Page 81 1223795 Case No. 91100910 λ_a. Said V. Description of the invention ⑺)-To this start, the sudden start and push away state 14 0 8 and this focus start and push away state 1 41 0. This " best pushoff value " means the control work used to position the actuator arm 104 on the optical medium 102. A rated pushoff value can be used, except in the focused push state丨 426 other than these retry work managed. In some cases, the transmission gear arm 104 can become stick shape when the pushing value is too large. If the closed focus attempt is unsuccessful, then this Focus advance retry status 丨 426 is entered with one-half of the rated value as the best push-off value. If the attempt to close the focus is still unsuccessful, a value of one-quarter of the rated value is used as The best value of the distance. Please refer to this focus start and far away state 1410. If the focus is to be turned off, this state is before a focus event is issued and a focus distance f is entered: before 1 432 'through the zero focus state of the series To perform the conversion, borrow, and clear the focus parameters in the digital signal processor (DSp) 300. If the focus system is not to be turned off, this state is changed to this start. Focus acquisition status 丨 4 丨 4. " 0? The first it: Figure B-and fourteenth Figure C shows these focus control states for mechanical use. In the embodiment of the flute +, it can be used in calibration and engineering tests. During the period of time, the states shown in Figure B, 1 45 0 to 1454, are used to move this continuous sinusoidal movement toward and away from the birth. A version of 彳 κιτ 'is shown in Figure 14C The state shown in the 1 456 to 1 460 series &; $ chord contour, so as to move this transmission arm 1 04 from one position to another. [Monitoring rotation servo]

1223795 η 五、發明說明(74) 第十五圖係表示一個旋轉控制狀態機械918的一個例 子,其可以實施於這個動力中斷408 (第四圖)申,藉以 監控這個光學媒體102的旋轉馬達101 (第一圖a ) 。^起 動相位期間,這個旋轉控制狀態機械91 8係進入一個開始 旋轉起始化對齊狀態1 5 0 2及一個開始旋轉對齊狀態〗5 〇 4, 其中,在這個旋轉馬達丨01中的一個轉子軸承係移、動至一 個已知狀態或位置,藉以確保這個旋轉馬達丨〇1 方向旋轉。 w田 當完成這個對齊步驟後,這個狀態係轉換至一個 旋轉起動中斷狀態1 506,藉以將各個參數起始化。這個° 態隨即轉換至一個開始旋轉完成狀態15〇8及一個旋轉 :J狀,1510 :藉以決定在一個設置開始旋轉時間期間結 /刖,疋否已經達成這個預定速度。若這個旋轉馬達1 〇 1 ’則這個狀態係轉換至一個旋轉固 ,曾蓊日ί又^ )軌道識別(ID )狀態1512 (亦稱為軌 ^ 目),直到偵測到一個旋轉問題。 _若這個旋轉馬達101在這個開始旋轉時間期間結束 士:走,至這個預定速度,則一個旋轉事件係加以發 I —延個狀態係轉換至一個旋轉問題狀態1514。同樣 狀離15二疑轉固定線性速度(CLV)執道識別(ID、 發;、,且::Γ Ϊ 一個旋轉問題’則一個通知事件係加以 "^ =個狀態係轉換至這個旋轉問題狀態1 5 1 4。 1516 "Γ Ϊ ί Ϊ問題狀態1514係轉換至這個旋轉關閉狀態 且奴後係轉換至一個旋轉剎車狀態1518,其維持一 第83頁 五、發明說明(75) ,特定的時間期間,藉以停止這 當這個光學媒體1〇2已停止旋 一予媒體1 02的旋轉。 發出,且這個狀態係隨後轉換及’ 一固旋轉事件係加以 WO,直到接收到旋轉這個 女=-個旋轉關閉狀態 【監控物理區段位址(PSA),媒體的-個新命令。 (p s a第Λ六Λ係表示根據本發明的-個物理區段位址 -個獨-無二的特徵係:括=學媒趣的 個声段位址(PSA)主控區域,以及-個表面具有溝槽、可以重覆寫入的及 :物理區段位址(PSA)狀態機械9财;:在;:起^ 以臂1〇4(第-圖A)相對二 動%二取延些物理區段位址(PSA)是不可能的。 若執道或聚焦係關閉,則這個物 /、 並未執仃任何嘗試以讀取這些物理區段位址 。若這個光碟機係同時聚焦及追蹤,則這個物理 ⑽位址(PSA)狀態機械920將會試著達到一個物理區段 ,二PSA )、鎖定狀態1 6 08,其中,這些物理區段位址 f 1係成功地讀取。每次當這個追蹤/搜尋狀態機械 一。第九圖)到達這個TRACKIN—ACTIVE狀態 1 320 (第十 一圖Α_),其將會檢查這個物理區段位址(PSA )狀態是否 位於$個物理區段位址(PSA )閒置狀態1 602。若是,則1223795 η V. Description of the invention (74) The fifteenth figure shows an example of a rotation control state machine 918, which can be implemented in this power interruption 408 (fourth figure), so as to monitor the rotation motor 101 of the optical medium 102 (First picture a). ^ During the start phase, the rotation control state machine 91 8 series enters a start rotation initiation alignment state 1 5 0 2 and a start rotation alignment state 5 4. Among them, a rotor bearing in the rotation motor 01 Tilt and move to a known state or position to ensure the rotation of the rotary motor. When this alignment step is completed, the state is changed to a rotation start interrupt state 1 506, thereby initializing each parameter. The ° state then transitions to a start rotation completion state of 1508 and a rotation: J shape, 1510: to determine whether to settle during a set start rotation time, whether or not this predetermined speed has been reached. If the rotating motor 1 0 1 ′, this state is switched to a rotating solid, and the track identification (ID) state 1512 (also known as the track) is detected until a rotation problem is detected. _ If the rotation motor 101 ends during this start rotation time: 走: Go to the predetermined speed, a rotation event is issued I-a state transition is made to a rotation problem state 1514. Similarly, from the 15th to the 2nd turn to fixed linear velocity (CLV), the identification (ID, send ;, and :: Γ Ϊ a rotation problem 'then a notification event system " ^ = state system transition to this rotation problem State 1 5 1 4. 1516 " Γ Ϊ ί Ϊ Problem state 1514 transitions to this spin-off state and the slave system transitions to a spin-brake state 1518, which maintains a page 83 V. Description of the invention (75), specific During this time, to stop this rotation when the optical media 102 has stopped rotating the media 1 02. It is issued, and this state is subsequently transformed and the 'a solid rotation event is added to WO until the rotation is received by this female = -Rotate off state [Monitor physical sector address (PSA), a new command of the media. (Psa # Λ / 6) represents a physical sector address according to the invention-a unique-unique feature system: Included = the learning media address (PSA) master control area, and a surface with grooves, which can be repeatedly written and: the physical sector address (PSA) state machinery 9; ^ Take the arm 104 (Figure -A) relative It is not possible to extend some physical sector address (PSA). If the track or focus system is off, then the object does not perform any attempts to read these physical sector addresses. If the optical disc drive is focused and Tracking, then the physical unit address (PSA) state machine 920 will try to reach a physical sector (second PSA), locked state 1 6 08, where the physical sector address f 1 is successfully read. Each time When the tracking / searching state is machine one. Ninth figure) When this TRACKIN-ACTIVE state 1 320 (11th figure A_) is reached, it will check whether the physical sector address (PSA) status is located at $ physical sector addresses (PSA) Idle state 1 602. If yes, then

第84頁 1223795 __塞號91100910_年月日 修正__ 五、發明說明(76) — ' 這個狀態係由這個物理區段位址(PSA )閒置狀態丨6〇2轉 換至一個物理區段位址(PSA )起動狀態16〇4。當由這個 物理區段位址(PS A )閒置狀態1 6 0 2轉換至這個物理區段 位址(PSA )起動狀態1 604時,這些取得中斷係中止且旗 標係設定以指示:這些物理區段位址(pSA )並未被讀 取。當由這個物理區段位址(PS A )起動狀態1 6 0 4轉換至 這個物理區段位址(PSA )取得狀態1 606時,物理區段位 址(PSA )取得係被起動。若這些物理區段位址(pSA )係 可以被讀取,則這個物理區段位址(PSA )狀態機械92〇係 轉換至這個物理區段位址(PSA )鎖定狀態1 608。若在一 個預定的時間期間内,諸如:四十八毫秒,無法偵測到讀 取的能力,則這個物理區段位址(PSA )狀態機械92〇係轉 換至一個 PSA—RETRY 狀態 1610。這個 PSA—RETRY 狀態 i6l〇 係在適於凹陷的設定及適於溝槽的設定間跳動。一旦這此 設定係被改變,則這個物理區段位址(pSA)狀態機械°9^〇 係自這個物理區段位址(PSA)起動狀態16〇4,再度開始 這個取得程序。 σ 當位於這個物理區段位址(ps A )鎖定狀態i 6〇 8時, 最近讀取的物理區段位址(PSA)係加以監控。控在這個 暫分期間結束前未能讀取到一個新的物理區段位址 (PSA),則這個狀態係轉換至這個pSA—RETRY狀態 1610。每次當讀取到一個新的物理區段位址(pSAf時, 14個數值係與PS A —MAX比較,藉以決定這個傳動裝置手臂 1 04是否接近這個光學媒體丨02上的最後一個轨Page 84 1223795 __Serial No. 91100910_ Year Month Day Amendment __ V. Description of the Invention (76) — 'This state is from the physical sector address (PSA) idle state 丨 602 to a physical sector address (PSA) Starting state 160. When transitioning from the physical sector address (PS A) idle state 16 2 to the physical sector address (PSA) starting state 1 604, these acquisition interrupts are aborted and the flag is set to indicate: these physical sector bits The address (pSA) has not been read. When the physical sector address (PS A) start state 16 0 4 transitions to the physical sector address (PSA) acquisition state 1 606, the physical sector address (PSA) acquisition system is started. If the physical sector address (pSA) can be read, then the physical sector address (PSA) state machine 92 is switched to the physical sector address (PSA) lock state 1608. If within a predetermined period of time, such as: forty-eight milliseconds, the reading ability cannot be detected, the physical sector address (PSA) state machine 92 is switched to a PSA-RETRY state 1610. The PSA-RETRY state i6l0 jumps between a setting suitable for depression and a setting suitable for groove. Once this setting is changed, the physical sector address (pSA) state is mechanically 9 ^ 〇, and the acquisition process is started again from the physical sector address (PSA) starting state of 1604. σ When the physical sector address (ps A) is in the locked state i 608, the recently read physical sector address (PSA) is monitored. If the controller fails to read a new physical sector address (PSA) before the end of the temporary division period, this state transitions to the pSA-RETRY state 1610. Each time a new physical sector address (pSAf) is read, the 14 values are compared with PS A — MAX to determine whether the actuator arm 1 04 is close to the last track on the optical medium 丨 02

第85頁 1223795 案號 91100910 發明說明(77) 道。PSA —MAX係對應於這個光學媒體1〇2上的最後一個可 使用執道。若這個傳動裝置手臂丨〇 4係決定為接近這個最 後軌道,則一個預定數目的單一轨道跳動,諸如:四十個 單一執道跳動,係被命令以將這個追蹤傳動裝置手臂丨〇4 移離這個光學媒體102的邊緣。或者,一個多重軌道搜尋 功能係可以用來移動這個追蹤傳動裝置手臂丨〇 4,而不是 利用多重,一執道跳動。這個PSA—11}1^狀態16〇2隨即係 被命令。每次當這個物理區段位址(pSA )鎖 並沒有得到-個_理區段位罐A)日夺, 目前的物理區段位址(PSA)。這個預測的物理區段位址 (PSA )係與PSA —MAX比較,藉以決定這個傳動裝置手臂 104是否接近於這個光學媒體1〇2上的最後一個軌道。若這 個傳動裝置手臂1〇4係決定為接近這個最後的執道,則數 個單一執道跳動便可以在轉換至這個物理區段位址 (PS A )閒置狀態1 6 〇 2前開始執行。 【監控雷射】 OM / t七/係表示根據本發明的一個雷射控制狀態機械 1 。廷個狀態係維持於一個雷射關閉狀態 單i 11二广,制變數係指示:輸入至這個光學擷取 這^ e 第一圖)中的這個雷射的功率係關閉。 ΐί一個雷射開起狀態1 704,當輸入至這個 個狀態係轉換回到這;==;102停止旋轉時,這 μ數係&為_。在部分實施例中,—個旋轉重疊變Page 85 1223795 Case No. 91100910 Description of Invention (77). PSA-MAX corresponds to the last available channel on this optical medium 102. If the transmission arm is determined to be close to the last track, a predetermined number of single track jumps, such as forty single track jumps, are ordered to move the tracking transmission arm away. The edge of this optical medium 102. Alternatively, a multi-track search function can be used to move the tracking gear arm 4 instead of using multiple, one-way beating. The PSA-11} 1 ^ state 1602 is then ordered. Each time when the physical sector address (pSA) lock is not obtained, the physical sector address canister A) is seized, the current physical sector address (PSA). This predicted physical sector address (PSA) is compared with PSA-MAX to determine whether the transmission arm 104 is close to the last track on the optical medium 102. If the actuator arm 104 is determined to be close to this final execution, several single execution jumps can be executed before transitioning to this physical sector address (PS A) idle state 1620. [Monitoring Laser] OM / t VII / Series represents a laser control state machine 1 according to the present invention. This state is maintained in a laser-off state. The unit i 11 is two-wide, and the system variable indicates that the power of the laser input in this optical capture (^ e first picture) is off. (1) A laser on state 1 704, when input to this state is switched back to this; ==; 102 when the rotation is stopped, the μ number system & is _. In some embodiments, a rotation overlap variable

1223795 __索號9ii〇〇m _年月 g__修正__ 五、發明說明(78)… 數係用來允許這個雷射得以關閉,即使是在這個光學媒體 1 0 2仍在旋轉時。 【調整增益】 第十八圖係表示根據本發明的一個調整增益狀態機械 9 24的一個例子。這個調整增益狀態機械924係開始於一個 增益閒置狀態1 824,並在追蹤起動時轉換至一個增益調整 狀態1 8 2 6。這些增益係根據在這個光學媒體1 〇 2 (第一圖 A )上所存取的目前區域加以調整。在部分實施例中,這 個光學媒體1 0 2可以包括十六個不同的區域,並且,每個 區域係可以存在一個區域校正表格。對應於想要存取的這 個特定區域的這些增益係在這個狀態仍然在這個增益調整 狀態1 8 2 6時加以載入。這個狀態係維持於這個增益調整狀 態1 8 2 6,直到追蹤關閉為止。 【監控效能】 第十九圖係表示根據本發明的一個連續效能監控狀態 機械9 2 6的一個實施例。在部分實施例中,這個效能監控 狀態機械926係包括:一個閒置狀態1 902、一個監控起始 化狀態1 9 0 3、一個監控狀態聚焦誤記(FMR )/追蹤誤記 (T M R )狀態1 9 〇 4、以及一個監控效能事件狀態1 9 〇 8。這 個狀態係在起始化開始時,諸如:在這個光碟機1 〇 〇功率 開起時’由這個閒置狀態丨902轉換至這個監控起始化狀維 1903。 ~ 若聚焦及執道係起動,則這個狀態係轉換至這個監控 狀態聚焦誤記(FMR ) /追蹤誤記(TMR )狀態19〇4。1223795 __ 索 号 9ii〇〇m _ year and month g__correction__ V. Description of the invention (78) ... The number system is used to allow the laser to be turned off, even when the optical medium 102 is still rotating. [Adjust Gain] The eighteenth figure shows an example of an adjustment gain state machine 9 24 according to the present invention. This adjustment gain state machine 924 starts in a gain idle state 1 824 and transitions to a gain adjustment state 1 8 2 6 when tracking is started. These gains are adjusted based on the current area accessed on this optical medium 102 (first image A). In some embodiments, the optical medium 102 may include sixteen different areas, and each area system may have an area correction table. These gains corresponding to the specific area to be accessed are loaded in this state while still in this gain adjustment state 1 8 2 6. This state is maintained in this gain adjustment state 1 8 2 6 until the tracking is turned off. [Monitoring efficiency] The nineteenth figure shows an embodiment of a continuous performance monitoring state machine 9 2 6 according to the present invention. In some embodiments, the performance monitoring state machine 926 includes: an idle state 1 902, a monitoring initiation state 1 9 3, a monitoring state focus misrecognition (FMR) / tracking misrecognition (TMR) state 190. 4, and a monitoring performance event status 190. This state is at the beginning of initialization, such as: when the optical disc drive 100 power is turned on 'from the idle state 902 to the monitoring initialization state dimension 1903. ~ If the focus and guidance system is activated, this state is switched to this monitoring state Focus Misremember (FMR) / Tracking Misremember (TMR) state 1904.

第87頁 1223795 干 案號 91100910 修止 五、發明說明(79) 軌道及聚焦誤差信號(TES及FES )係用以產,噔隹誤叩 (FMR)及追蹤誤記(TMR)信號。若這此=二决冗 (FMR)及/或追縱誤記(TMR)信號及/或讀取跳動數值 係位於預先定義的限制以外,則這個狀態係轉換至這個效 能事件發出狀態1 9 0 8,藉以根據是否存在繫隹 (FMR)及/或追蹤誤記(TMR)信號及/或^取跳動’從 而發出效能事件。 【郵件信箱中斷】 第一十圖A係表示根據本發明的數位信號處理器 (DSP )郵件信箱中斷處理裝置41〇 (第四圖)中可*以包括 的數位信號處理器(DSP)狀態中斷邏輯電路2〇〇〇的一個 實施例的一個流程圖。 當這個數位信號處理器(DSP )狀態中斷發生時,一 個程序2002係中止來自這個郵件信箱3〇6 (第四圖)的進 一步中斷通知,藉以允許處理目前這個數位信號處理器 (DSP )狀態中斷的時間。一個程序2〇〇4係解碼這個數位 1號處理器(DSP)狀態暫存裝置,藉以解碼由這個數位 h號處理器(DSP ) 304 (第四圖)所傳送的訊息。由這個 數位信號處理器(DSP)所傳送的訊息的例子係表示於 第三圖G中。在部分實施例中,這些訊息係實施以 做為一個或更多個數位信號處理器(DSp )控制暫存裝置 中的狀態位元設定。這個程序2〇〇4係決定在這個(些' 位信號處理器(DSP)控制暫存裝置中的那個位元已經歎 改變。在這個(些)數位信號處理器(DSp )控制暫存裝 1223795Page 87 1223795 Case No. 91100910 Remedy V. Description of the invention (79) The orbit and focus error signals (TES and FES) are used for production, FMR and TMR signals. If this = Futuristic Redundancy (FMR) and / or Tracking Mistake (TMR) signals and / or read jitter values are outside of predefined limits, then this state transitions to this performance event issue state 1 9 0 8 , So as to issue a performance event based on whether there is a system coupling (FMR) and / or tracking misrecognition (TMR) signal and / or ^ fetching. [Mailbox Interruption] FIG. 10A shows a digital signal processor (DSP) mailbox interruption processing device 41 (figure 4) according to the present invention. The digital signal processor (DSP) state can be interrupted in accordance with the present invention. A flowchart of an embodiment of the logic circuit 2000. When the digital signal processor (DSP) status interrupt occurs, a program 2002 suspends further interrupt notifications from the email box 306 (figure 4) to allow processing of the current digital signal processor (DSP) status interrupt. time. A program 2004 decodes the digital No. 1 processor (DSP) state temporary storage device, thereby decoding the message transmitted by this digital h-number processor (DSP) 304 (fourth picture). An example of a message transmitted by this digital signal processor (DSP) is shown in the third figure G. In some embodiments, these messages are implemented as one or more digital signal processor (DSp) control status bit settings in the temporary storage device. This program 2004 has decided to change the bit in the bit signal processor (DSP) control temporary storage device. The digital signal processor (DSp) control temporary storage device 1223795

置中,用以傳推各種訊息的位元設定的例子係表示於第三 圖B、第三圖C、及第三圖d中。在程序2〇06及2〇〇8中、,特~ 定步驟係根據這個數位信號處理器(DSP ) 3〇4設定的狀維 位元以執行。當這個數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀態係指示w 與這個光碟機1 0 0 (第一圖A )操作有關的一個問題時,這 個程序2006係根據這個誤差條件,發出一個通知事件的二 個要求、及一個追蹤、聚焦、或一個路徑事件,至這個 時作業系統(RTOS ) 406 (第四圖)。若這個程序2〇〇4所 解碼的這個訊息係指示一個誤差條件,則一個程序2〇12係 記錄這個伺服誤差狀態,其係為這個動力中斷4〇8所用。” 這個程序2008係根據這個數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀熊, 改變聚焦及追蹤狀態機械變數。在這個數位信號處理"·器 (DSP)狀態中斷邏輯電路20 0 0結束時,一個程序2〇1〇係 重新起動這個郵件信箱中斷306,藉以使這個數位信號處 理器(DSP)3G4可以繼續傳送訊息至這個處理器3〇2。 現在請參考第二十圖A、第二十_、及第二十圖c, 第二十圖B及第二十圖C係、表示在這些程序2〇〇4至2〇〇8中所 二=電路的:個例子’其亦被稱之為郵件信箱服務 。在第二十圖B中,一個程序2022係 猎由決定在這些數位信號處理器(Dsp)狀態暫存裝置中 ::::元經由這個郵件信箱服務程行程序(isr)2〇2〇 左刖通路改薆,藉以解石馬數位信號處理器(哪)狀 後,一個程序2〇24係檢查這些TRACK BAD及 TRACK —BAD —S0URCE狀態變數。接著,這些追蹤跳動的狀In the center, examples of bit settings for transmitting various messages are shown in the third graph B, the third graph C, and the third graph d. In the programs 2006 and 2008, specific steps are executed according to the shape-dimensional bits set by the digital signal processor (DSP) 304. When the status of the digital signal processor (Dsp) indicates w a problem related to the operation of the optical disc drive 100 (first picture A), the program 2006 issues two requirements to notify the event according to the error condition , And a tracking, focusing, or a path event, at this time the operating system (RTOS) 406 (fourth figure). If the message decoded by this program 2004 indicates an error condition, a program 20012 records the servo error status, which is used for this power interruption 408. This program 2008 is based on the digital signal processor (Dsp) shape, changing the focus and tracking state mechanical variables. At the end of the digital signal processing " (DSP) state interrupt logic circuit 2 0 0, a program 2 〇1〇Restart the mail box interrupt 306, so that the digital signal processor (DSP) 3G4 can continue to send messages to the processor 30. Now refer to Figure 20A, Twentieth_, and Figure 20c, Figure 20B, and Figure 20C are series of circuits shown in these programs from 2004 to 2008: an example 'which is also called a mail box Service. In twentieth figure B, a program 2022 is determined by these digital signal processor (Dsp) status temporary storage devices :::: yuan via this mail box service program (isr) 2202 〇 After the left channel has been changed, the program will check these TRACK BAD and TRACK — BAD — SOURCE state variables after the calculus digital signal processor (WH) status. Then, these tracking beating conditions

第89頁 1223795Page 89 1223795

案號 91 loom ο 五、發明說明(81) 態係加以測試,藉以決定G00D—JUMp或BAD—JUMp指標是 否在程序200 6及2028中設定。若這些⑶⑽—JUMp指標的一 個或兩個係加以設定,則一個程序2〇3〇係決定這個追蹤狀 ,是否為這個軌道等待跳動狀態1 3 36 (第十三圖B)。若 這個追蹤狀態係這個轨道等待跳動狀態丨3 3 6,則一個程序 203/係改變這個追蹤狀態至這個轨道良好跳動狀態1342 (第十二圖B )。若這個BAD — JUMP指標係加以設定,則一 個,序2034係決定這個追蹤狀態是否為這個軌道等待跳動 狀悲1 3 3 6 (第十三圖B )。若這個追蹤狀態係這個執道等 待跳動狀態1 3 3 6,則一個程序2036係改變這個狀態至這個 軌道不良跳動狀態1340 (第十三圖B)。 一個程序2038係決定這個F0CUS—BAD指標是否設定。 若是,則一個程序2040係決定這個聚焦狀態係位於這個聚 焦起動狀態1 4 2 8 (第十四圖a )中。若是,則一個程序 2 0 42係更新這個伺服誤差指標,藉以指示不良聚焦、一個 程序2044係自這個即時作業系統(RT〇s ) 4〇6要求一個通 知事件、一個程序2 046係設定這個聚焦狀態為一個聚焦關 閉狀態1 430、且一個程序2048係決定一個自動回跳是否起 動。若這個自動回跳係起動,則一個程序2 〇 5 〇係更新這個 伺服誤差狀態以指示在自動回跳期間的一個失敗,反之, 一個程序2052係決定固追蹤狀態是否位於這個執道關閉狀 態1332 (第十三圖A)。 若這個追蹤狀態並未是位於固執道關閉狀態丨332,則 一個程序2 0 5 4係決定這個追縱狀態是否位於這個長期等待Case No. 91 loom ο 5. Description of the invention (81) The state system is tested to determine whether the G00D-JUMp or BAD-JUMp index is set in programs 2006 and 2028. If one or two of these CDJ-JUMp indicators are set, a program 2030 determines whether the tracking state is the orbital waiting state 1 36 (Figure 13B). If the tracking state is the track-waiting-bounce state 3, 36, a program 203 / system changes the tracking state to the track-bounce state 1342 (Figure 12B). If the BAD-JUMP indicator is set, then one, sequence 2034 determines whether the tracking state is the orbit waiting for the beating state 1 3 3 6 (13th figure B). If the tracking state is the track waiting state 1 3 3 6, a program 2036 changes the state to the orbital bad jumping state 1340 (Figure 13B). A program 2038 determines whether the F0CUS_BAD indicator is set. If so, a program 2040 determines that the focus state is located in the focus start state 1 4 2 8 (fourteenth figure a). If so, a program 2 0 42 updates the servo error index to indicate poor focus, a program 20 44 is from the real-time operating system (RT0s) 4 06 requires a notification event, and a program 2 046 sets the focus The state is a focus off state 1 430, and a program 2048 determines whether an automatic jumpback is activated. If the automatic bounce system is activated, a program 2 0005 updates the servo error status to indicate a failure during the automatic bounce. Conversely, a program 2052 determines whether the fixed tracking status is in the closed state 1332. (Thirteenth Figure A). If the tracking state is not in the stubborn road closed state 332, a program 2 0 5 4 determines whether the tracking state is in the long-term waiting

第90頁 1223795Page 1223795

案號 91100910 五、發明說明(82) (第十三圖c)。若是,則一個程序2〇 J新=㈣誤差狀態以指示在長期搜尋期間的一個失 n21 個程序2 0 5 8係設定這個追蹤狀態為這個軌道 Π“、1 322 ’無論這個追蹤狀態在這個程序⑼“中是否 待長期搜尋狀態1 352 ° —個程序2060係更新這個 。巧差狀悲以指不.這個追蹤問題是由失焦所造成。 & -個程序2062係決定這個聚焦狀態 狀態141=第十四圖"。若是,則-個程序 2m隨即決定這個數位信號處理器(Dsp) 二=取得斜坡:焦。若是’則一個程序2〇6“系設定這 個I焦狀態為這個聚焦迴路封閉狀態丨4丨8。 在第二十圖C中’這個程序係藉由決定在這個數位芦 m器(DSP) I態暫存裝置中的那個位元“ ,郵=信箱中斷服務例行程序(ISR) 2020解碼數位信號 ,理态(DSP )狀悲而自先前通路改變’藉以設定數位信 號處理!(DSP )狀態。隨後,—個程序2〇66係檢查這個 TRACK—BAD狀態變數。若這個TRACK—BAD係設定,則一個 程序2068係決定這個追蹤狀態是位於於關閉追蹤的程序 中。若$,則4固程序20 69係決定追縦是否起動。若這個 =系起動的,:-個程序2070係更新這個伺服誤差狀態 至BAD —TRACK、一個耘序2071係由這個即時作章系 (RTOS) 406要求一個通知事件、且—個程序2〇κ係設 這個執道狀態至這個執道關閉狀態。 ^ 請再度參考這個程序2069 ’若這個追蹤係未起動,則Case No. 91100910 V. Description of the Invention (82) (Thirteenth Figure c). If yes, then a program 20J new = ㈣ error status to indicate a missing n21 programs during long-term search 2 0 5 8 Set the tracking status to this track Π ", 1 322 'Regardless of the tracking status in this program ⑼ "Whether to wait for long-term search status 1 352 ° — a program 2060 series updates this. It ’s a miserable sign to mean no. This tracking problem is caused by out of focus. &-A program 2062 determines this focus state. State 141 = Fourteenth Picture ". If yes, then a program 2m then decides this digital signal processor (Dsp). 2 = Get slope: focus. If it is' then a program 206 'is to set the I-focus state to the closed state of the focus loop 丨 4 丨 8. In twentieth figure C,' this program is determined by the digital processor (DSP) I The bit in the state temporary storage device ", post = mailbox interrupt service routine (ISR) 2020 decodes the digital signal, and the physical state (DSP) is changed from the previous path, so as to set the digital signal processing! (DSP) status. Subsequently, a program 2066 checks this TRACK_BAD state variable. If the TRACK-BAD system is set, a program 2068 determines whether the tracking status is in the program that turns off the tracking. If it is $, the 4 fixed program 20 69 decides whether to pursue the chase. If this = is activated, a program 2070 updates the servo error status to BAD-TRACK, a task 2071 is requested by the real-time operating system (RTOS) 406, and a program 20k Set this state to the closed state. ^ Please refer to this program 2069 again. ‘If this tracking system is not activated, then

1223795 案號 91100910 年月 曰 修正 五、發明說明(83) 一個程序2073係決定在行進中是否有一個跳動。若在行進 中存有一個跳動,則一個程序2 0 7 4係更新這個伺服誤差狀 態至 BAD—TRACK、FAILED_JUMP。隨後,一個程序 2075 係 決定這個追蹤狀態是否位於這個自動回跳狀態。若否,則 一個程序2 0 7 6係決定一個命令是否起動。若是,則一個程 序2 0 7 7係發出一個追蹤事件。若這個程序2 〇 7 6係決定一個 命令並未起動,則一個程序2 0 7 9係發出一個通知事件。 請再度參考這個程序2075,若這個追蹤狀態係位於這 個自動回跳狀態,則一個程序2 〇 7 8係更新這個伺服誤差狀 態至FAILED—AUTOJUMP,且這個程序2079係發出一個通知 事件。 請再度參考這個程序2073,若在行進中未有一個跳 動,則一個程序2 0 8 0係決定在行進中是否有一個長期搜 尋。若是,則這個數位信號處理器(DSP )狀態係設定以 在一個程序208 1中指示LONG —SEEK —FAILED,且這個程序 2 0 7 7係發出一個追縱事件。 這個程序2072係在完成這些程序2077及2079、或在這 個程序2 0 8 0決定這個軌道狀態並非這個長期搜尋狀態後, 設定這個狀態為這個軌道關閉狀態。 隨後,一個程序2 0 8 2係決定在這個數位信號處理器 (DSP )狀態暫存裝置中是否有任何其他位元已經由這個 郵件信箱中斷服務例行程序(丨Sr ) 2 〇 2 〇,自先前通路改 變。一個程序2083係檢查這個TRACK—BAD—SOURCE狀態變 數是否設定。若這個TRACK—BAD—SOURCE係設定,則一個1223795 Case No. 91100910 Date of Amendment V. Description of the Invention (83) A program 2073 determines whether there is a jump in the process. If there is a jitter during travel, a program 2 0 7 4 updates the servo error status to BAD_TRACK, FAILED_JUMP. Subsequently, a program 2075 determines whether the tracking state is in the auto-bounce state. If not, a program 206 determines whether a command is started. If so, a program 2 0 7 7 issues a tracking event. If this program 2007 determines that a command has not been initiated, then a program 2007 will issue a notification event. Please refer to this program 2075 again. If the tracking status is in this auto-bounce state, a program 708 updates the servo error status to FAILED_AUTOJUMP, and this program 2079 sends a notification event. Please refer to this program 2073 again. If there is no jump during the process, a program 2 0 0 determines whether there is a long-term search during the process. If so, the status of the digital signal processor (DSP) is set to indicate LONG —SEEK —FAILED in a program 2081, and the program 2007 7 issues a chase event. This program 2072 is set after the programs 2077 and 2079 are completed, or after the program 2 0 0 determines that the track state is not the long-term search state, and sets the state to the track closed state. Subsequently, a program 2 0 8 2 determines whether any other bits in the digital signal processor (DSP) state temporary storage device have been interrupted by this mail box service routine (Sr) 2 0 2 0, since Previous pathway changes. A program 2083 checks whether the TRACK_BAD_SOURCE state variable is set. If this TRACK_BAD_SOURCE is set, then a

第92頁 1223795Page 92 1223795

程序2084係決定這個追蹤狀態是否在關閉追縱的程序中。 若否,則一個程序2 085係決定是否追蹤起動。若這個追蹤 係起動,則一個程序2 0 8 6係更新這個伺服誤差狀維至 BAD—FOCUS—CAUSED—BAD—TRACK、一個程序2〇8。7係自這 個即時作業糸統(R T 0 S ) 4 0 6要求一個通知事件、且一個 程序2088係設定這個轨道狀態為這個軌道關閉狀態。 請再度參考這個程序2085,若這個追蹤並未^動,則 一個程序2 0 8 9係決定在行進中是否有一個跳動(搜尋)。 若在行進中具有一個跳動,則一個程序2 〇 9 〇係更新這個伺 服疾差狀悲至BAD 一 TRACK、FAILED — JUMP。隨後,一個程 序20 9 1係決定這個追蹤狀態是否在這個自動回跳狀態。若 否,則一個程序2 0 9 2隨即決定一個命令是否起動。若是, 則一個程序20 93係發出一個追蹤事件。若這個程序2〇92係 決定一個命令並未起動,則一個程序2 〇 9 5係發出一個通知 事件。 請再度參考這個程序2 0 9 1,若這個追蹤狀態係位於這 個自動回跳狀態,則一個程序2094係更新這個伺服誤差狀 態至FAILED —AUTOJUMP,且這個程序2095係發出一個通知 事件。 請再度參考這個程序2 〇 8 9,若在行進中沒有一個跳 動’則一個程序2 0 9 6係決定在行進中是否有一個長期搜 尋。若是,則這個數位信號處理器(DSP )狀態係設定以 在一個程序20 9 7中指示LONG —SEEK —FAILED,且這個程序 2 0 9 3係發出一個追蹤事件。Program 2084 determines whether this tracking status is in the process of closing the tracking. If not, a program 2 085 determines whether to follow up. If the tracking system is activated, a program 2 0 6 6 updates the servo error dimension to BAD_FOCUS_CAUSED_BAD_TRACK and a program 20.8. 7 is from the real-time operation system (RT 0 S) 4 0 6 requires a notification event, and a program 2088 sets the track state to the track closed state. Please refer to this program 2085 again. If the tracking does not move, a program 208 9 determines whether there is a jump (search) during the travel. If there is a pulsation in the march, a program 209 will update the service condition to BAD_TRACK, FAILED_JUMP. Subsequently, a program 20 9 1 determines whether the tracking state is in the auto-bounce state. If not, a program 2 09 2 then decides whether a command is to be started. If so, a program 20 93 issues a tracking event. If this program 2092 determines that a command has not been initiated, then a program 105 issues a notification event. Please refer to this program 2 0 1 again. If the tracking status is in the auto-bounce state, a program 2094 updates the servo error status to FAILED-AUTOJUMP, and this program 2095 sends a notification event. Please refer to this program 2 0 89 again. If there is no jump in the process, a program 2 0 96 determines whether there is a long-term search in the process. If so, the status of the digital signal processor (DSP) is set to indicate LONG —SEEK —FAILED in a program 20 97, and this program 2 09 3 issues a tracking event.

第93頁 1223795 案號9l】oomn 五、發明說明(85) 這個程序2 0 8 8係在 個程序2 0 9 6決定這個轨 設定為這個軌道關閉狀 以上說明的這個飼 決伺服系統設計挑戰的 在這個伺服系統及其他 曰 修正 完成這些程 道狀態不是 態。 服控制系統 組合。這個 光碟機系統 序2093及2095、或在這 這個長期搜尋狀態後, 的獨一無二方法、使用一個專用高 二方法、在 通信的獨一 鍵的伺 這個共 處理器 方法、 處理及 無二方 這 媒體上 聚焦及 置感應 率以節 處理因 媒體上 物理方 及震動 本 處理器 服功能的獨一無 用通用處理器間 及這個專利伺服 以及在這個通用 一個背景周期動 法。 個架構 執行操 追蹤傳 裝置補 處理器間分 處理器内的一個主 力中斷處理間分配 的各種實施例係 伺服系統架構係 間共用 速處理 這個專 無二方 配伺服 一個通用 用以解 包括: 處理器 時間關 理器及 器以處理 用伺服處 法、在這個通用 處理的獨一無二 要迴路伺服線程 伺服處理的獨一 省電池 第一表 同時存 向的大 及擺動 發明的 上,然 係用以解 作的問題 動裝置、 償、多重 壽命的需 面記錄而 在預先掌 範圍内操 的存在。 實施例可 而,熟習 決在具有一 ,諸如:周 非線性及交 伺服迴路間 求、可移除 加重媒體缺 控區及使用 件的需求、 以實施以作 此技藝者在 個微小外觀因子的光學 期性的重新校正、可撓 互干擾的追蹤及聚焦位 的動態交互干擾、低功 及可互換的光學媒體、 陷的需求、在相同光碟 者可寫入區域、在包括 大範圍的溫度及濕度、 用於一値或更多個電腦 瞭解本發明後,當可根 mmPage 93 1223795 Case No. 9l] oomn V. Description of the invention (85) This program 2 0 8 8 is in this program 2 0 9 6 It is determined that the track is set to the track closed. In this servo system and other corrections, the status of these paths is not the state. Service control system combination. This optical disc drive system sequence is 2093 and 2095, or after this long-term search state, a unique method, using a dedicated high school method, a single-key co-processor method of communication, processing, and non-party media Focusing and setting the induction rate to save processing due to the physical side of the media and the vibration of the processor's unique useless general-purpose processor, the patented servo, and a general background cycle operation. Various implementations of the tracking operation and transmission device make up a main interruption among the processors. The various embodiments of the allocation between the processing systems are servo system architectures. The system has a common processing speed. This special-purpose servo is a general purpose solution including: processing The time controller and the processor use the servo processing method. In this universal processing, the only battery-saving first table that requires servo processing of the loop servo thread is simultaneously stored in the large and swing invention. It is used to solve the problem. The operation of the device, compensation, and multiple life needs to be recorded and manipulated within the scope of advance control. The embodiment may be familiar with the requirements such as: non-linearity and inter-servo circuit requirements, removal and aggravation of the lack of media control area and the use of components, in order to implement this technology for a small appearance factor Optical periodic re-calibration, flexible mutual interference tracking and dynamic interactive interference of focus position, low power and interchangeable optical media, the need for traps, writeable areas in the same optical disc, and over a wide range of temperature and Humidity, for one or more computers After understanding the present invention, when the root can be mm

第94頁 1223795 --鍾 91100910_±_佟 if 五、發明說明(86) ~----- 據各種實施例所包括的既有特徵,以各種形式將本發明 施於一個程式產品以進行散佈。因此,本發明並不限定於 特定類型的信號承載媒體,其用以實際達到散佈之目的。、 這些彳5 7虎承載媒體的例子係包括·可寫入類型媒體,諸 如·軟碟及光碟(CD — ROM )、傳輸類型媒體,諸如/數 位及類比通信連結、以及未來可能發展出來的任何媒體儲 存及散佈系統。 月1J述的詳細說明係經由方塊圖、流程圖、及例子,呈 現本發明的各種實施例。熟習此技藝者當瞭解:個別方塊 圖元件、流程圖步驟、及利用各個例子所介紹的操作及/ 或元件係可以個別或整合地實施於包括硬軟、軟體、韋刃 體、或其任何組合之一大範圍中。 前述説明係用以介紹本發明、而不應該被視為限制。 在本發明實施例範圍内的其他實施例亦為可能的。熟習此 技藝者當能夠實施用以提供文中結構及方法所需要的步 驟’且應該暸解:這些程序參數及步驟順序係用以做為範 圍且能夠變動以達到想要的結構及本發明範圍内的各種變 動。文中所述實施例的各種變動及調整係可以根據前述說 明加以執行,只要不脫離本發明的精神及範圍,其列於以 下申請專利範圍中。Page 1223795-clock 91100910_ ± _ 佟 if V. Description of the invention (86) ~ ----- According to the existing features included in various embodiments, the present invention is applied to a program product in various forms for distribution . Therefore, the present invention is not limited to a specific type of signal bearing medium, which is used to actually achieve the purpose of dissemination. Examples of these media include: • writable media such as floppy disks and compact discs (CD-ROM), transmission media such as digital / digital and analog communication links, and any future developments Media storage and distribution system. The detailed description described in January 1J presents various embodiments of the present invention through block diagrams, flowcharts, and examples. Those skilled in the art should understand that the individual block diagram components, flowchart steps, and operations and / or components described using each example can be implemented individually or collectively in hardware, software, software, blades, or any combination thereof. A large range. The foregoing description is intended to introduce the present invention and should not be considered limiting. Other embodiments are possible within the scope of the embodiments of the invention. Those skilled in the art should be able to implement the steps required to provide the structure and method in the text 'and should understand that these program parameters and sequence of steps are used as ranges and can be changed to achieve the desired structure and the scope of the present invention Various changes. Various changes and adjustments of the embodiments described herein can be implemented in accordance with the foregoing description, as long as they do not depart from the spirit and scope of the present invention, which are listed in the scope of the following patent applications.

第95頁 ^U〇〇9l〇 1223795 號, 圖式簡單說明 一 第一圖4係表+ , 個光碟控制系統的各-JI光碟機,《中,根據本發1 第一圖Β係表一種只苑例係得以應用。 用於第-圖所示]^:個光學媒體的-個圖式,^ 第二圖“系表IS光二機/。 設置於一個傳動裝置先予擷取早兀的一個實施例 這種光碟機。 #上’其可以應用於第—圖^ 第-圖Β係表示這個光 可以應用於第一圖擷取早兀的—個實施例 黛- Fir 的廷個光碟機。 第-圖c係表示經由第 這個光學路徑。 口所不的見個光學讀昂 第一圖D係表示第二_ 學伯測裝置定&的-個一實:例Τ的這個光學擷取單元 第三圖係表示根據本發明的 用以處理信號的元件的一個方塊圖。先碟機控制系統 第三圖Α至第三圖G係表示郵件; 以通信於根據本發明、第三 ^ j心的例子, 第四圖係表示第三圖所= 件間。 件的一個方塊圖。 “、違固仏逮處理系統中 第四圖A至第四圖p係表示伺 八 施於第三圖及第四圖所示的這個信;;理例子’其可 第五圖係表示第四圖所示*〜处系統中。 例的一個方塊圖。 、沒固飼服臨界的一個 第六圖係表示第五圖所示这 幻&個命令處理裝置的 ϊ的~ Θ應 ,其 卜示的 ,其 頭的 的光 中、 其可 的元 以實 實施 一個 1223795 _案號91100910_年月日__ 圖式簡單說明 實施例的一個方塊圖。 第七圖係表示第五圖所示的這個事件處理裝置的一個 實施例的一個方塊圖。 第八圖係表示第五圖所示的這個效能事件處理裝置的 一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第八圖A係表示第八圖所示的這個伺服重新校正程序 的一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第九圖係表示第四圖所示的這個動力中斷的一個實施 例的一個方塊圖。 第十圖係表示第九圖所示的這個功率模式控制狀態機 械的一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第十一圖係表示第九圖所示的這個回復管理裝置的一 個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第十一圖A係表示第十一圖所示的這個回復管理裝置 的一個回復狀態機械的一個實施例的一個方塊圖。 第十二圖A係表示一個非格式偵測管理裝置的一個實 施例的一個圖式,其係執行為第Η—*圖Α所示的這個歸類 問題狀態11 0 6 ’的部分。 第十二圖B係表示用以執行第十二圖A所示的這個非格 式偵測管理裝置的非格式偵測的元件的一個圖式。 第十二圖C係表示用以執行第十二圖A所示的這個非格 式偵測管理裝置的非格式偵測的電路„的一個實施例的一個 圖式。 第十三圖A、第十三圖B、及第十三圖C係表示第九圖Page 95 ^ U〇〇〇11〇 1223795, the drawings briefly explain a first figure 4 series table +, each of the disc control system -JI optical disc drive, "Chinese, according to the present 1 first figure B series table Only the case law applies. [Used in Figure-] ^: A diagram of an optical medium, ^ The second picture "is the IS optical two machine /. An embodiment of the optical disc drive set in a transmission device to capture early # 上 'It can be applied to the first-figure ^ Figure-figure B indicates that this light can be applied to the first image capture early-five example of Dai-Fir's CD player. Figure-figure c shows Go through this optical path. You can see an optical reading in the first place. The first picture D represents the second _ Xuebo measuring device set & a real one: the third picture of the optical acquisition unit of example T shows A block diagram of a component for processing a signal according to the present invention. The first control of the disk player control system, the third figure A to the third figure G, represent mail; to communicate with the example according to the third aspect of the present invention, the fourth The picture shows the third picture = between the pieces. A block diagram of the piece. "The fourth picture A to the fourth picture p in the breach handling system is shown in the third picture and the fourth picture. The letter of this example; the rationale example 'It can be shown in the fifth figure is shown in the fourth figure * ~ in the system. Example of a block diagram. A sixth picture without the criticality of solid feeding is the ~ Θ response of the magic & order processing device shown in the fifth picture, which is illustrated, in the light of its head, and its possible element Implement a 1223795 _ case number 91100910 _ year month day __ The diagram briefly illustrates a block diagram of the embodiment. The seventh diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the event processing apparatus shown in the fifth diagram. The eighth diagram is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the performance event processing apparatus shown in the fifth diagram. The eighth figure A is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the servo recalibration procedure shown in the eighth figure. The ninth figure is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the power interruption shown in the fourth figure. The tenth figure is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the power mode control state machine shown in the ninth figure. The eleventh figure is a block diagram showing an embodiment of the reply management apparatus shown in the ninth figure. Fig. 11A is a block diagram showing an embodiment of a reply state machine of the reply management device shown in Fig. 11. The twelfth figure A is a diagram showing an embodiment of a non-format detection management device, which is executed as a part of the classification problem state 11 0 6 'shown in (i)-* FIG. A. Fig. 12B is a diagram showing components for performing the non-format detection of the non-format detection management device shown in Fig. 12A. Fig. 12C is a diagram showing an embodiment of a circuit for performing the non-format detection of the non-format detection management device shown in Fig. 12A. Fig. 13A and Tenth The third picture B and the thirteenth picture C are the ninth picture

1223795 修正 曰 圖式簡單說明 所示的it柄、Α 追蹤/搜尋控制狀態機械的特徵的圖式。 =四圖A、第十四圖B、及第十四圖C係表示第九圖 不=這個聚焦控制狀態機械的特徵的圖式。 十五圖係表示第九圖所示的這個旋轉控制狀態機械 的一個實施例的一個圖式。 繁 | 、 /、圖係表示第九圖所示的這個物理區段位址狀態 械的個貫施例的一個圖式。 第十七圖係表示第九圖所示的這個雷射控制狀態機械 的一個實施例的一個圖式。 第十八圖係表示第九圖所示的這個調整增益狀態機械 的一個實施例的一個圖式。 、第十九圖係表示第九圖所示的這個連續效能監控狀態 機械的一個實施例的一個圖式。 · 第二十圖Α係表示電路的一個圖式,其包括在第四圖 ^ =的這個數位信號處理器(Dsp)狀態郵件信箱中斷處 里裝置的一個實施例中。 第二十圖B係表示一個電路的一個圖式,其包括在一 =郵件信箱中斷服務例行程序的一個實施例中,其包括在 …=十圖A所示的這個數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀 相中斷處理裝置中。 卞1〇 一第二十圖C係表示另一個電路的一個圖式,且包括 一個郵件信箱中斷服務例行程序的一個實施例中、,复勺 ==二十圖A所示的這個數位信號處理器(Dsp )狀:g k箱中斷處理裝置中。1223795 Correction Simple description of the diagram It shows the features of the it handle and A tracking / search control state machine. Four figures A, fourteenth figure B, and fourteenth figure C are diagrams showing the ninth figure not = the characteristics of the machine in this focus control state. The fifteenth figure is a diagram showing an embodiment of the rotation control state machine shown in the ninth figure.繁 | 、 /, The diagram is a schematic diagram showing various embodiments of the physical sector address state shown in the ninth figure. The seventeenth figure is a diagram showing an embodiment of the laser control state machine shown in the ninth figure. The eighteenth figure is a diagram showing an embodiment of the gain adjustment state machine shown in the ninth figure. The nineteenth figure is a diagram showing an embodiment of the continuous performance monitoring state machine shown in the ninth figure. Fig. 20A shows a diagram of a circuit, which is included in an embodiment of the device in the digital signal processor (Dsp) status mail box interruption place of Fig. 4 ^. FIG. 20B is a diagram showing a circuit included in an embodiment of a mail box interrupt service routine, which is included in the digital signal processor (Dsp) shown in FIG. 10A ) Phase interrupt processing device. (10) Figure twentieth Figure C is a diagram showing another circuit and includes an embodiment of a mail box interrupt service routine. In one embodiment, the digital signal shown in Figure A is equal to twenty. Processor (Dsp): gk box interrupt processing device.

第98頁 1223795 _案號 91100910_年月日_修正 圖式簡單說明 元件符號說明 100 :光碟機 1 0 1 :旋轉馬達 1 0 2 :光學媒體 103 :光學擷取單元(OPU ) 104 :傳動裝置手臂 1 0 5 :雷射驅動裝置 I 0 6 :控制器 II 0 :讀取/寫入處理 1 2 0 :伺服系統 1 3 0 :界面 150 :預先掌控部分 1 5 1 :可寫入部分 152 :軸心存取區域(spindle access) 1 5 3 :内部區域 1 5 4 :外部區域 20 0 :插梢(pin ) 201 :傳動裝置 2 0 3 :轴線 204 :撓軸 20 6 :傳動裝置線圈 2 1 0 :潛望鏡 211、212、213 ·•反射表面 2 1 4 :光學區塊P.98 1223795 _Case No. 91100910_Year Month Day_Modified drawing simple description of component symbol description 100: Optical disc drive 1 0 1: Rotating motor 1 0 2: Optical media 103: Optical pickup unit (OPU) 104: Transmission device Arm 1 0 5: Laser drive I 0 6: Controller II 0: Read / write processing 1 2 0: Servo system 1 3 0: Interface 150: Pre-control part 1 5 1: Writable part 152: Spindle access area 1 5 3: Inner area 1 5 4: Outer area 20 0: Pin 201: Transmission 2 0 3: Axis 204: Flexible shaft 20 6: Transmission coil 2 1 0: Periscope 211, 212, 213 Reflective surface 2 1 4: Optical block

第99頁 1223795 _案號91100910_年月日 修正 圖式簡單說明 21 5 ·•矽次基座 216 :反轉鏡面 2 1 7 :雷射基座 2 1 8 :雷射 219 :高頻振盪器(HFO ) 221、224 ··側壁 222 :四分之一光波平板(QWP ) 223 :物鏡 225、226、234、23 5、236 :偵測裝置 2 3 0 :反射光束 231、232、233 :光學偵測裝 235 中 心 偵 測 裝 置 302 處 理 器 304 數 位 信 號 處 理 器 (DSP ) 306 郵 件 信 箱 308 缺 陷 信 號 310 旋 轉 速 度 信 號 312 角 旋 轉 速 度 信 號 314 旋 轉 控 制 信 號 316 旋 轉 及 追 蹤 偏 壓 信號 318 雷 射 控 制 信 號 320 重 設 信 號 322 雷 射 功 率 信 號 324 光 學 信 號 1223795 _案號 91100910_年月日__Page 99 1223795 _Case No. 91100910_Year Month and Day Revised Schematic Description 21 5 · • Silicon Subbase 216: Inverted Mirror 2 1 7: Laser Base 2 1 8: Laser 219: High Frequency Oscillator (HFO) 221, 224 ·· Side wall 222: Quarter light wave plate (QWP) 223: Objective lens 225, 226, 234, 23 5, 236: Detection device 2 3 0: Reflected beam 231, 232, 233: Optical Detection equipment 235 Center detection device 302 Processor 304 Digital signal processor (DSP) 306 Mail box 308 Defect signal 310 Rotation speed signal 312 Angle rotation speed signal 314 Rotation control signal 316 Rotation and tracking bias signal 318 Laser control signal 320 reset signal 322 laser power signal 324 optical signal 1223795 _ case number 91100910_ year month day __

圖式簡單說明 326 :鏡面信號 328 :執道交叉信號 328 :聚焦控制信號 330 :診斷信號 332 :軌道控制信號 334 :寫入放棄信號 340 :讀取郵件信箱 342 :寫入郵件信箱 4 0 4 :伺服線程 40 6 :即時作業系統(RTOS ) 408 :動力中斷 4 1 0 :數位信號處理器(DSP )狀態郵件信箱中斷處理裝置 4 1 2 :旋轉控制中斷 4 1 6 :讀取/寫入線程 4 1 4 :應用線程 418 :非同步輸入/輸出(async I/O)線程 4 2 0 :診斷線程 4 2 2 :計時裝置線程 424 :界面線程Brief description of the drawing 326: Mirror signal 328: Road crossing signal 328: Focus control signal 330: Diagnostic signal 332: Track control signal 334: Write abort signal 340: Read mail box 342: Write mail box 4 0 4: Servo thread 40 6: Real-time operating system (RTOS) 408: Power interruption 4 1 0: Digital signal processor (DSP) status mail mailbox interruption processing device 4 1 2: Rotation control interruption 4 1 6: Read / write thread 4 1 4: Application thread 418: Async I / O thread 4 2 0: Diagnostic thread 4 2 2: Timing device thread 424: Interface thread

426 :檔案系統管理裝置 9 1 0 :功率模式狀態機械 9 1 2 :回復管理裝置 9 1 4 :追蹤/搜尋控制狀態機械 91 6 :聚焦控制狀態機械426: File system management device 9 1 0: Power mode status machine 9 1 2: Reply management device 9 1 4: Tracking / search control status machine 91 6: Focus control status machine

第101頁 1223795 圖式簡單說明 _案號 91100910Page 101 1223795 Schematic illustration _ Case number 91100910

922 924 926 928 1032 1034 1036 1038 1220 1224 1300 1300 1308 1310 1312 1314 1316 1318 1320 1322 旋轉控制狀態機械 監控物理區段位址(PSA)狀態 雷射控制狀態機械 、械 調整增益狀態機械 效能監控狀態機械 監控載入/彈出程序 要求數位信號處理器(DSp )唯一“ 要求最小功率模式 模式 要求閒置功率模式 要求完全功率模式 數位信號處理器(DSP )追蹤词服 偏離光碟偵測程序 13()2、1304 :控制狀態圖示 追縱取得狀態機械 追縱開起狀態 追蹤非法狀態 追縱等待取得狀態 追s從等待積分裝置狀態 追縱等待轨道誤差信號(TES)敕& 追蹤現況狀態 i &狀態 追縱起動狀態 追蹤關閉狀態 1 3 2 3 1 1 3 2 4 :追蹤零點狀態 1 3 3 2 ·關閉狀態922 924 926 928 1032 1034 1036 1038 1220 1224 1300 1300 1308 1310 1312 1314 1316 1318 1320 1322 rotation control status mechanical monitoring physical section address (PSA) status laser control status machinery, mechanical adjustment gain status mechanical performance monitoring status mechanical monitoring load The input / eject procedure requires the Digital Signal Processor (DSp) to be unique. "Requires minimum power mode mode requires idle power mode requires full power mode. Digital signal processor (DSP) tracking suit deviation from disc detection program 13 () 2, 1304: Control Status Icon Tracking Acquisition Status Mechanical Tracking Start Status Tracking Illegal Status Tracking Waiting for Status Tracking From Waiting for Integrating Device Status Tracking Waiting for Track Error Signal (TES) 敕 & Tracking Current Status i & Status Tracking Start Status tracking off status 1 3 2 3 1 1 3 2 4: Tracking zero status 1 3 3 2 · Off status

第102頁 1223795 _案號91100910_年月日_修正 圖式簡單說明 1 3 3 2 :開始單一跳動1狀態 1 3 3 3 :開始自動回跳狀態 1 334 :開始單一跳動2狀態 1 3 3 5 :同步自動回跳狀態 1 3 3 6 :轨道等待跳動狀態 1 3 3 7 :調整偏壓功能 1340 :軌道不良跳動 1 342 :執道良好跳動 1 346 :軌道跳動安定狀態Page 102 1223795 _ Case No. 91100910_ Year Month Day _ Corrected illustration of simple diagram 1 3 3 2: Start single jump 1 state 1 3 3 3: Start automatic jump back state 1 334: Start single jump 2 state 1 3 3 5 : Synchronous automatic jumpback state 1 3 3 6: Track waiting for jump state 1 3 3 7: Adjust bias function 1340: Track bad jump 1 342: Perform well track 1 346: Track jump stable state

1 3 5 1 :調整偏壓搜尋功能 1 3 5 3 :搜尋功能 1 356 :長期搜尋清除狀態 1 358 :長期搜尋增益調整狀態 1 3 6 0 :開始讀取頭載入唯一狀態 1 3 6 2 :開始讀取頭載入狀態 1366 :headloadl 狀態 1368 :headload2狀態 1370 :headload3狀態 1 380、1 382 :增益量測狀態1 3 5 1: Adjust bias search function 1 3 5 3: Search function 1 356: Long-term search clear status 1 358: Long-term search gain adjustment status 1 3 6 0: Start read head loading only status 1 3 6 2: Read head loading status 1366: headloadl status 1368: headload2 status 1370: headload3 status 1 380, 1 382: gain measurement status

1 384 :起動追蹤狀態 1 3 9 0 :讀取頭載入狀態機械 1 4 0 0、1 4 0 2、1 4 0 3 :聚焦控制狀態機械 1 4 0 8 :開起驟啟移離狀態轉換 1 4 1 0 :聚焦驟啟移離狀態1 384: Start tracking state 1 3 9 0: Load head loading state machine 1 4 0 0, 1 4 0 2, 1 4 0 3: Focus control state machine 1 4 0 8: Start-up and start-up state shift 1 4 1 0: Focus start and remove status

第103頁 1223795 案號 91100910_年月日_ 圖式簡單說明 1414 開始聚焦取得狀態 1416 斜坡聚焦取得狀態 1418 聚焦迴路封閉狀態 1420 聚焦起動積分裝置狀態 1422 聚焦起動聚焦誤差信號(TES )整合狀態 1424 • 1 428 :聚焦起動狀態 1426 聚焦推進重試狀態 1430 聚焦關閉狀態 1432 聚焦遠離狀態 1506 開始旋轉起動中斷狀態 1508 開始旋轉完成狀態 1510 旋轉最終檢查狀態 1512 旋轉固定線性速度(CL V )軌道識別(I D )狀態 1514 旋轉問題狀態 1516 旋轉關閉狀態 1518 旋轉剎車狀態 1602 物理區段位址(PSA )閒置狀態 1604 物理區段位址(PSA )起動狀態 1608 物理區段位址(PSA )鎖定狀態 1610 PSA—RETRY 狀態 1702 雷射關閉狀態 1704 雷射開起狀態 1824 、1 826 :增益閒置狀態 1902 :閒置狀態Page 103 1223795 Case No. 91100910_Year Month Day_ Brief description of the diagram 1414 Focus start status 1416 Slope focus status 1418 Focus loop closed status 1420 Focus start integration device status 1422 Focus start focus error signal (TES) integration status 1424 • 1 428: Focus start state 1426 Focus advance retry state 1430 Focus off state 1432 Focus away state 1506 Start rotation start interruption state 1508 Start rotation completion state 1510 Rotation final check state 1512 Rotation fixed linear velocity (CL V) track identification (ID) State 1514 Spin problem state 1516 Spin off state 1518 Spin brake state 1602 Physical sector address (PSA) idle state 1604 Physical sector address (PSA) starting state 1608 Physical sector address (PSA) locked state 1610 PSA-RETRY state 1702 Thunder Radiation off status 1704 Laser on status 1824, 1 826: Gain idle status 1902: Idle status

第104頁 1223795 案號 91100910 _η 曰 修正 圖式簡單說明 1903 1904 1908 20 0 0 監控起始化狀態 監控狀態聚焦誤記(FMR ) /追蹤誤記(TMR )狀態 監控效能事件狀態 數位信號處理器(DSP )狀態中斷邏輯電路Page 104 1223795 Case No. 91100910 _η Brief description of the revised diagram 1903 1904 1908 20 0 0 Monitoring Initialization Status Monitoring Status Focus Mistake (FMR) / Tracking Mistake (TMR) Status Monitoring Performance Event Status Digital Signal Processor (DSP) State interrupt logic

第105頁Chapter 105

Claims (1)

12237951223795 光碟而處理中斷之巢置 ---案號 9iifuuno_年— 六、申請專利範圍 1 · 一種在一控制系統中針對一 係包括: 之非 一第一處理器,係執行與 時間關鍵控制; 該光碟有關的聚集與追蹤 一第二處理器,係執行聚集與追蹤之 裝置,用以在該第一處理器及該第—*間關鍵控制; 以 〜處理器間通信; 硎到和聚集與追蹤有 ,更包括:裝置,當 通知。 :其中’在一第一處 係包括:一狀態暫存 •複數位元,且每一 ’更包括:裝置,根 ’用以要求一通知事 ’更包括:裝置,根 及改變聚焦及追蹤參 裝置,其係可以在該第二處理器偵 關之一問題時,發佈一中斷。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置 該中斷發生時,用以停止進一步中斷 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置 理器及一第二處理器間通信之該裝置 裝置,其中,該狀態暫存裝置係包括 位元係可以設定以傳推一特定訊息。 4 ·如申晴專利範圍第1項所述之裝置 據在这第二處理器中偵測到之該問題 件、及一追蹤、聚焦、或路徑事件。 5 ·如申晴專利範圍第1項所述之骏置 據偵測到之該問題,記錄該誤差狀能 6 ·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝 自該問題回復後,用以重新起動進〜,更包括:裝置,在 7·如申請專利範圍第丨項所述之步中斷之通知。 、夏’更包括··裝置,用Nesting of discs and processing interruption --- Case No. 9iifuuno_year-VI. Application for Patent Scope 1 · A control system for a series including: a non-first processor, which performs and time-critical control; the A second processor for gathering and tracking related to the optical disc is a device for performing gathering and tracking for key control between the first processor and the first-*; communication between processors; Yes, even more: devices, when notified. : Among them, the "first place" includes: a state temporary storage • plural bits, and each 'more includes: device, root' for requesting a notification event ', and includes: device, root and change focus and tracking parameters A device capable of issuing an interrupt when the second processor detects a problem. 2. The device described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, when the interruption occurs, it is used to stop further interruption. 3 The device device, as described in the scope of application of patent application, and a second processor. Among them, the state temporary storage device includes a bit system that can be set to transmit a specific message. 4 · The device described in item 1 of Shen Qing's patent scope According to the problem detected in this second processor, and a tracking, focusing, or path event. 5 · Record the error status according to the problem detected by Jun Qing according to item 1 of Shen Qing's patent scope. 6 · Install the device as described in item 1 of the patent scope after replying to the problem and use it again. Start-up ~, including: device, notification of interruption in step 7 as described in item 丨 of the scope of patent application. , Xia ’more include ... device, use 第106頁 1223795 ^ 皇號9m_n 六、申請專利範圍 曰 修正_Page 106 1223795 ^ Emperor 9m_n VI. Patent Application Scope Amendment _ 良狀態指;|;票 以服務該中斷,其包括:決定一追縱良好或不 是否設定。 8·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置,更包括··裝置,用 以服務該中斷,其包括:決定一跳動良好或不良狀態指樑 是否設定。 9·如申請專利範圍第1項戶斤述之裝置’更包括·裴置,用 以服務該中斷,其包括:決疋^一跳動良好或不良狀態指 標、及一執道等待跳動指標是否設定。 10·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置’更包括:裝置, 用以服務該令斷,其包括:根據一執道等待跳動狀態指榡 是否設定,藉以設定一軌道良好跳動指標。 11·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置’更包括:裝置, 用以服務該中斷,其包括:根據一執道等待跳動狀態指榡 是否設定,藉以設定一軌道不良跳動指標。 12. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝+置’更包括:裝置, 其根據一聚焦不良指標是否設定,藉以關閉聚焦。 13. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置’更包括·裝置, 用以關閉聚焦、及根據一聚焦不良指標是否設定,藉以要 求一通知事件。 14.如申請專利範圍第12項所述之裝置’更包括:裝置, 用以決定一自動回跳模式是否起動’及藉以指示在一自動 跳動期間偵測到該問題之時間。 1 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1 4項所述之裝置,更包括:裝置, 用以決定一執道關閉指標是否設定及一等待長期搜尋指榡Good status means; |; ticket to serve the interruption, which includes: determining whether a trackback is good or not. 8. The device described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, further including a device to service the interruption, which includes: determining whether a finger with a good or bad state is set. 9 · If the device described in item 1 of the scope of the application for patents further includes: Pei Zhi to serve the interruption, which includes: determining whether a beating index is good or bad, and whether a beating index is set . 10. The device ′ described in item 1 of the scope of patent application further includes: a device to serve the order, which includes: according to a state of waiting for a bounce state to indicate whether to set, thereby setting a track good bounce index. 11. The device ′ described in item 1 of the scope of patent application further includes: a device for servicing the interruption, which includes: according to a state of waiting for a beating state to indicate whether to set or not, thereby setting an orbital poor beating index. 12. The device + device described in item 1 of the scope of patent application further includes: a device that turns off focus according to whether a poor focus indicator is set. 13. The device ′ described in item 1 of the scope of the patent application further includes a device for turning off the focus and requesting a notification event according to whether a poor focus indicator is set. 14. The device according to item 12 of the scope of application for patent further includes: a device for determining whether an automatic jump-back mode is activated and thereby indicating the time when the problem is detected during an automatic jump. 15 · The device as described in item 14 of the scope of patent application, further including: a device for determining whether a road closure indicator is set and a long-term search indicator page 1223795 -----^-^100910 六、申請專利範圍 :示在-長ί ί尋:該等:長期搜尋指標係設 長期搜尋期間之哕生間之一失敗:以及裒置’ 用以指::::Γ15項所述之裝置,更包; 17如申請專=問題係由失焦所造成。 • 寻利轉圍第1項所述之裝置,®勺紅 用:決疋該第二處理器是否設定一聚焦趣更包括 根據該聚焦迴路封閉指標,轉換至該第 焦迴路封閉狀態。 /处理系 包:種在—控制系統中針對一光碟而處理中鐵 在第處理杰中執行與該光碟有關的聚隹虛 時間關鍵控制; $ 〃 在二第二處理器中執行聚集與追蹤的時間關鍵 以該第二處理器偵測一與該控制有關的問題時 因應該問題的偵測而發佈/中斷至該第一處理 在該第一處理器中偵測該中斷。 19·如申請專利範圍第丨8項所述之方法,更包括 斷發生時,停止進一步中斷之通知。 20·如申請專利範圍第1 8項所述之方法,其中, 處理器及一第二處理器間之該通信係包括:一狀 置,其中,該狀態暫存裝置係包括:複數位元, 元係可以設定以傳推一特定訊息。 21·如申請專利範圍第1 8項所述之方法,更包括 定時,用以 在偵洌到該 # :裝置, :裝置, ί指標、並 ;中之一聚 之方法, 追縱的非 控制; 器;以及 :當該中 在一第一 態暫存裝 且每一位 :根據在 1223795 ~— ----复 八、申請專利範圍 該苐二處理芎 追蹤、聚焦°、 2 2·如申請專 測到之該問題 23β如申請專 問題回復後, 24.如申靖專 中斷,其包括 定。 25·如申請專 中斷,其包括 定。 26·如申請專 中斷,其包括 道等待跳動於 π.如申4 中斷,其包括 藉以设疋一·軌 28·如申請專 中斷,其包括 藉以設定一軌 29. 如申請專 聚焦不良指樑 30. 如申請專 中偵測 或路徑 利範圍 ’記錄 利範圍 重新起 利範圍 ••決定 利範圍 :決定 利範圍 •決定 標是否 利範圍 •根據 道良好 利範圍 :根據 道不良 利範圍 是否設 利範圍 月 曰 修正 到之該問通’要求一通知事件、及一 事件。 第1 8項所述之方法’更包括:根據偵 該誤差狀態及改變聚焦及迮跑夂斂。 第則所述之方法,更包該 動進一步中斷之通知。 第1 8項所述之方法,更包括:服務該 一追縱良好或不良狀態指標是否設 第1 8項所述之方法’更包括:服務該 一跳動良好或不良狀態指標是否設 第1 8項所述之方法,更包括:服務該 一跳動良好或不良狀態指標、及一軌 設定。 、 第1 8項所述之方法,更包括:服務該 一軌道等待跳動狀態指榡是否設定, 跳動指標。 第18項所=方法,更w 務該 一執道等待跳動狀態指榡是否設定, 跳動指標。 疋 第1 8項所述之方法,更 ^ 士 pa ^ 之包括:根據一 定,藉以關閉聚焦。 第1 8項所述之方法,语 更包括:關閉聚1223795 ----- ^-^ 100910 6. Scope of patent application: Shown in -Chang ί finder: These: long-term search indicators are failures of one of the health rooms during the long-term search: and the setting 'is used to refer to :::: Γ15 The device described in item 15 is even more inclusive; 17 If you are applying for special = The problem is caused by out of focus. • The device described in item 1 for profit making, ® Spoon Red Use: Determines whether the second processor sets a focus fun. It also includes switching to the focus focus closed state according to the focus loop closed index. / Processing package: Kind of in the control system for processing a disc while China Railway executes the key of virtual time related to the disc in the first processing module; $ 执行 performs aggregation and tracking in the second and second processors The time critical is to issue / interrupt to the first process when the second processor detects a problem related to the control in response to the problem detection to detect the interrupt in the first processor. 19. The method described in item 8 of the scope of patent application, further including notification of stopping further interruption when an interruption occurs. 20. The method according to item 18 of the scope of patent application, wherein the communication system between the processor and a second processor includes: a state, wherein the state temporary storage device includes: a plurality of bits, The element system can be set to tweet a specific message. 21 · The method described in item 18 of the scope of patent application, further including timing, for detecting the #: device,: device, index, and method of gathering, non-control of chasing ; And; when the medium is temporarily stored in a first state and each one: according to 1223795 ~ ---- complex eight, the scope of the patent application, the second processing, tracking, focusing °, 2 2 If the application is tested for 23β, if the application question is answered, 24. If the application for Jingjing is interrupted, it will be determined. 25. If the application is suspended, it includes a decision. 26. If the application is discontinued, it includes the road waiting to jump at π. If the application is discontinued, it includes the establishment of a track. 28 · If the application is discontinued, it includes the establishment of a track. 29. If the application is specifically focused on bad fingertips 30. If you apply for secondary school detection or path profit range, record the profit range and restart the profit range. • Determine the profit range: determine the profit range. • Decide whether the target is the profit range. The scope of the month was amended to ask for a 'request for a notification event, and an event. The method described in item 18 further includes: detecting the error state, and changing focus and running to converge. The method described in the first rule includes notification of further interruption of the action. The method described in item 18 further includes: serving the method for tracking the good or bad status indicator. The method described in item 18 further includes: serving for the beating good or bad status indicator. The method described in the above item further includes: serving the beating good or bad state indicator, and a track setting. The method described in item 18 further includes: serving the orbit waiting for a beating state refers to whether or not to set, a beating index. The 18th item = method, and more importantly, the one that is waiting for the beating state refers to whether or not to set the beating index.方法 The method described in item 18, including ^ pa ^ includes: according to a certain, to turn off the focus. The method described in item 18 further includes: 第109頁 !223795 --------案號 9l]〇fimn___^----' 六、申請專利範圍 焦、及根據一聚焦不良指標是否設定,藉以要求—通知事 件。 31·如申請專利範圍第3 〇項所述之方法,更包括·決定一 自動回跳模式是否起動,及藉以指示在一自動跳動期間偵 測到該問題之時間。 3 2·如申請專利範圍第3 1項所述之方法,更包括··決定一 執道關閉指標是否設定及一等待長期搜寻指彳示疋否设定’ 在該等待長期搜尋指標係設定時,指示在一長期搜尋期間 之一失敗;以及在偵測到該長期搜哥期間之δ亥失敗時’關 閉追縱。 3 3· 如申請專利範圍第3 2項所述之方法,更包括··指示一 追縱問題係由失焦所造成。 34·如申請專利範圍第1 8項所述之方法,更包括:決定該 第二處理器是否設定一聚焦迴路封閉指標、並根據該聚焦 迴路封閉指標,轉換至該第一處理器中之一聚焦迴路封閉 狀態。 3 5 · 一種電腦程式產品,其包括··指令,用以實施申請專 利範圍第1 8項所述之方法。 3 6 · —種光碟機,其包括: 一第一處理器,其操作以與一第二處理器通信,其中, 該第一處理器係定序及監控在該第二處理器中執行的追蹤 與聚集功能; 指令,位於該第二處理器中,其操作以在該第二處理器 中偵測到一與該追蹤與聚集功能有關的誤差條件時,發出Page 109! 223795 -------- Case No. 9l] 〇fimn ___ ^ ---- 'VI. Scope of patent application Focus and whether a poor focus index is set to request—notify the event. 31. The method as described in item 30 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: determining whether an automatic jump-back mode is activated, and thereby indicating the time when the problem is detected during an automatic jump. 3 2 · The method as described in item 31 of the scope of patent application, further including ·· determining whether an execution close indicator is set and a waiting long-term search instruction is indicated or not set 'When the waiting long-term search indicator is set , Indicating failure of one of the long search periods; and 'close tracking' when a delta failure during the long search period is detected. 3 3 · The method as described in item 32 of the scope of patent application, further including ·· instructing a tracking problem caused by defocus. 34. The method according to item 18 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: determining whether the second processor sets a focus loop closed index, and switching to one of the first processors according to the focus loop closed index. The focus circuit is closed. 3 5 · A computer program product that includes ·· instructions to implement the method described in item 18 of the patent application. 3 6 · An optical disc drive comprising: a first processor operable to communicate with a second processor, wherein the first processor is to sequence and monitor tracing performed in the second processor And aggregation function; an instruction is located in the second processor, and is operated to issue an error condition related to the tracking and aggregation function in the second processor, and issue 第110頁 1223795 9110091η -L 倐 i 六、申請專利範圍 一中斷;以及 指令,位於該第一處理器中,其操作以偵測該中斷。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括:指 : 位於該第一處理器中,其操作以在該中斷發生時,# 止偵剛進一步之中斷。 ^ ·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括:一狀 =自存裝置,用以在該第一處ί里器及該第二處理器間傳推 吕:’其中,該狀態暫存裝置係包括:複數位元,且每一 位兀係可以設定以傳推一特定訊息。 a ·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括:指 ▽,其操作以根據在該第二處理器中偵測到之該誤差條 件,要求一通知事件、及一追蹤、聚焦、或路徑事件。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括··指 7 其知作以根據偵測到之該誤差條件,記錄該誤差狀態 及改變聚焦及追蹤參數。 ^ ^ ·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括··指 ^其操作以在自該誤差條件成復後,重新起動進一步中 斷之通知。 如申請專利範圍第36項所述之光碟機,更包括:指 令,其操作以服務該中斷,其包括:决定一追蹤良好^不 良狀態指標是否設定。 / 43·如申請專利範圍第36項所述之光碟機,更包括·指 Τf操作以服務該中斷,,包括:决定一跳動良好:不 良狀態指標是否設定。 第111頁 1223795 —---ΜΨ, 91100910_^__^ 六、申請專利範圍 曰 修正Page 110 1223795 9110091η -L 倐 i 6. Patent application scope-an interrupt; and an instruction located in the first processor, which operates to detect the interrupt. 2 · The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: refers to: located in the first processor, which operates so that when the interruption occurs, # 止 探 刚 further interruption. ^ · The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: a state = self-storage device for transmitting and passing between the first processor and the second processor: 'wherein, The state temporary storage device includes a plurality of bits, and each bit can be set to transmit a specific message. a · The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: means ▽, which operates to request a notification event and a tracking, based on the error condition detected in the second processor Focus, or path event. 2 · The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further including ... means 7 It is known to record the error state and change the focus and tracking parameters based on the error condition detected. ^ ^ The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further including ... means ^ to notify it to restart further interruption after the error condition has been recovered. The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further includes: an instruction that operates to service the interruption, and includes: determining whether a good tracking ^ bad status indicator is set. / 43 · The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further includes: refers to the operation of the TF to service the interruption, including: determining whether a jump is good: whether the poor state indicator is set. Page 111 1223795 ----- MΨ, 91100910 _ ^ __ ^ VI. Scope of patent application 44·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括:指 令,其操作以服務該中斷,其包括:決定一跳動良好或不 良狀態指標、及一軌道等待跳動指標是否設定。 45·如申請專利範圍第36項所述之光碟機,更包括··指 令’其操作以服務該中斷,其包括·根據一軌道等待跳動 狀態指標是否設定,藉以設定〆軌道良好跳動指標。 4 6·如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括:指 令’其操作以服務該中斷,其包括:根據一軌道等待跳動 狀態指標是否設定,藉以設定/軌道不良跳動指標。 47. 令, 焦。 48. 令, 定, 49· 令, 在一 50. 令, 搜尋 示在 期間 51. 如申請專利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括··指 其操作以根據一聚焦不良指標是否設定,藉以關閉聚 如申請專 其操作以 藉以要求 如申請專 其操作以 自動跳動 如申請專 其操作以 利範圍第3 6項所述之光碟機,更包括··指 關閉聚焦、及根據一聚焦不良指標是否設 —通知事件 ° 利範圍第48項所 決定一自動回跳 期間偵測到該誤 利範圍第4 9項所 決定一軌道關閉 指標是否設定;在該等待 一長期搜尋期間之一失敗 之該失敗時,關 如申請專利範圍 述之光碟機,更包括··指 模式是否起動,及藉以指 差條件之時間。 述之光碟機,更包括:指 指標是否設定及一等待長 長期搜尋指標係設定時, ’以及在偵測到該長期搜 閉追蹤° 第50項所述之光碟機,更包括··指44. The optical disc drive described in Item 36 of the scope of patent application, further includes: an instruction to operate the interruption, which includes: determining whether a jump good or bad state indicator and a track waiting jump indicator are set. 45. The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further includes an instruction to operate the service to interrupt, which includes: According to whether a track waiting jump status indicator is set, thereby setting a track good jump indicator. 46. The optical disc drive as described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, further includes: an instruction 'for its operation to service the interruption, which includes: according to whether a track waiting jump status indicator is set, thereby setting / track poor jump indicator. 47. Order, coke. 48. Order, Order, 49 · Order, in a 50. Order, search period shown in 51. The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the scope of patent application, including ... refers to its operation to determine whether an indicator of poor focus Setting to turn off the jukebox to apply for its exclusive operation to request the jogkey to apply for its exclusive operation to automatically jump as described in the 36th item for applying for its exclusive operation for the benefit of the range, and also includes ... means turning off the focus, and according to a Whether the poor focus indicator is set—notify the event ° Determine whether an orbital shutdown indicator is set during the automatic jump-back period determined by item 48 in the range of interest; determine whether an orbital shutdown indicator is set during one of the long-term search periods; When the failure fails, the disc drive described in the scope of the patent application, including: indicates whether the mode is activated, and the time by which the poor condition is indicated. The optical disc drive described further includes: whether the indicator is set and a long waiting time. When the long-term search indicator is set, ′ and the optical disc drive described in Item 50 when the long-term search and tracking is detected °, it also includes ... 1223795 案號 911009101223795 Case number 91100910 六、申請專利範圍 令’其Ϊ1!以指:一追蹤問題係由失寒、所造成。 52.如申请專利粑圍第36項所述之光碟機,更 令,其操作以決定該第二處理器是否設定—聚 1 指標、並根據该聚焦迴路封閉指標,轉換至哼’黛=路封閉 中之一聚焦迴路封閉狀態。 Μ乐一處埋器 53· 一種自一光碟機的效能誤差執行回復之 光碟係應用於具有一無法重覆寫入、表面且其中該 掌控區域及一能約重覆寫入、表面具有溝c先 入區域之光學媒體,該系統係包括·· 胃使用者可寫 至少一處理器,係用以控制與該光碟 蹤:該至少-處理器乃包含·· ¥有關的聚集與追 t令,其操作以偵測與至少一下列領 取該光學媒體時之一聚焦控制、—追H一問題: 轉控制; 迢椒控制、或一旋 :! η操:以儲存該光碟機之該目前狀態; 指人甘、嘗試自該被伯測到的問題回復.以及 ^ v ’其知作以在自該問題回復後,會新性十▲ §時的狀態。 重’斤儲存該光碟機 54.:申請專利範圍第53項所述之系統,更包括. 控。題其#作以將該問題歸類為-旋轉、聚焦、或追蹤 5 5 .. • 申請專利範圍第53項所述之系統,更包括: 復。曰7其彳呆作以控制該光碟機至—狀態、並由此嘗試回6. Scope of Patent Application Order ‘its Ϊ1! To refer to: A tracking problem is caused by the cold. 52. The optical disc drive described in item 36 of the application for patent, and moreover, its operation is to determine whether the second processor is set to the -1 index, and according to the closed loop index of the focus, switch to hum 'dai = road One of the closed focus circuits is closed. M 乐 一 置 器 53 · An optical disc performing recovery from the performance error of an optical disc drive is applied to a surface having a non-repeatable write, a surface in which the control area and a repeatable write, and a groove on the surface The optical media of the first-entry area, the system includes ... the stomach user can write at least one processor, which is used to control the track of the disc: the at least-processor contains the collection and tracking order related to ¥, which Operate to detect and at least one of the following focus control when receiving the optical media:-chase the problem: turn control; pepper control, or spin:! Η operation: to store the current state of the optical disc drive; Ren Gan, trying to reply to the question that should be measured by Bo. And ^ v 'It is known that after replying to the question, it will be in a new state. 54 .: The system described in item 53 of the scope of patent application, including control. Title its #work to classify the problem as-rotation, focusing, or tracking 5 5 .. • The system described in item 53 of the scope of patent application, including: Said 7 his daze to control the drive to the state, and then try to return 第113頁 1223795Page 113 1223795 _^ 如申請專利範圍第5 3項所 令,其操作以決定該回復 57.如申請專利範圍第53項所 指令,其操作以在偵測到與 關閉追蹤及聚焦。 5 8.如申請專利範圍 指令,其操作以在 關閉追蹤。 59.如申請專利範圍 指令,其操作以在 關閉追蹤。 6 0·如申請專利範圍 指令,其操作以決 光碟之一格式化部分 61·如申請專利範圍 指令,其操作以在 該格式化部分以外時 定位置。 62·如申請專利範圍 指令,其操作以決定 63. 一種光碟機,其 組之控制系統指 作以: 執行一個或更多個 修正 指 第5 3項所 偵測到與 第5 3項所 偵測到與 述之系統,更包括: 嘗試是否成功。 述之系統,更包括: 旋轉控制有關之一問題時, 述之系統,更包括: 聚焦控制有關之一問題時, 述之系統,更包括: 追蹤控制有關之一問題時, 第5 3項所述之系統,更包括: 定一追蹤傳動裝置手臂是否位置於一 以外。 第6 0項所 該追蹤傳 第5 3項所 自該問題 包括: 令,其中 述之系統,更包括: 動裝置手臂係位於該光碟之 縱傳動裝置手臂位置於一'預 述之系統,更包括: 回復之該嘗試是否過度。 ,該組之控制系統指令係操 命令於該光碟機之光學媒體 上;_ ^ Operate to determine the response as specified in item 53 of the scope of patent application. 57. Operate to track and focus on detection and deactivation as instructed in item 53 of the scope of patent application. 5 8. If a patent scope instruction is issued, it operates to turn tracking off. 59. If a patent coverage directive is issued, it operates to turn tracking off. 6 0 · If the patent range command is used, it operates to determine the formatting portion of one of the discs. 61 · If the patent range command is used, it operates to determine the position outside the formatted portion. 62. If the scope of the patent application instruction, its operation is to determine 63. An optical disc drive, the group's control system refers to: Perform one or more corrections refer to the detection of item 53 and detection of item 53. The measured and described system further includes: Whether the attempt was successful. The system described further includes: When one of the problems related to rotation control is described, the system further includes: When one of the problems related to focus control is described, the system further includes: When one of the problems related to tracking control is described in Item 53. The system described further includes: determining whether a tracking transmission arm is located outside of one. The tracking issue of the 60th issue from the 53rd issue includes: the order, the system described therein, further including: the moving device arm is located on the optical disc's longitudinal transmission arm position in a 'predicted system, more Include: Whether the response was excessive. The control system instruction of this group is to operate on the optical media of the optical disc drive; 第114頁 1223795 Μ號 911 〇_ η 申請專利範圍 接收與該光碟機有關之一誤差條件之— 自該誤差條件起始化一回復嘗試; 事件 中止該個或該些命令操作之處理·, ^決定該回復嘗試是否成功;以及 若該回復嘗試係成功的 作。Page 114 1223795 M No. 911 〇_ η Patent application scope Accepts one of the error conditions related to the optical disc drive-from this error condition initiates a reply attempt; the event terminates the processing of the command operation or commands ·, ^ Decide whether the reply attempt was successful; and if the reply attempt was a successful one. ’則Μ續處理兮彳 個或該些命令操 64·如申請專利範圍第63項所述之光碟施 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 、 其中, 該組之 決定是否接收到該相同誤差條件之一 ^ 決定過度的回復嘗試是否係根據下列資,事件; 始化:該相同誤差條件之接收事件間之护$之一而加以起 差條件之接收事件之數目;以及 了 θ 、及該相同誤 起始自該誤差條件之回復,若該相同 的回復嘗試。 條件並未有過度 6 5 ·如申請專利範圍第6 3項所述之光碟機, 係指示至少下列事件之一:一通知事件、^中’該事件 一追蹤事件、一聚焦事件、一切換事件、一旋轉事件、 效施事件、或一命令放棄事件。 彳〗事件、一, 66·如申請專利範圍第65項所述之光 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 放棄該個或該等命令操作之效能, 功。 碟機,其中, 若該回復嘗試係 該組之 不成 6 7·如申請專利範圍第6 6項所述之光碟機,其 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 〃 ’該組之'Then M continues processing one or more of these commands. 64. As described in item 63 of the scope of the patent application, the disc control control system instructions are further operated to:, wherein, the group determines whether to receive the same error condition. ^ Determine whether excessive response attempts are based on the following resources and events; Initialization: the number of reception events with difference conditions between one of the receiving events of the same error condition and the difference condition; and θ and the same error Start with a reply from the error condition if the same reply is attempted. The conditions are not excessive 6 5 · The optical disc drive described in item 63 of the scope of the patent application indicates at least one of the following events: a notification event, a middle event, a tracking event, a focus event, and a switching event , A spin event, an effect event, or a command abort event.彳〗 EVENT, I. 66. The light control system instructions as described in item 65 of the scope of patent application are further operations to: abandon the effectiveness of the one or more of these command operations. The disc player, in which, if the response attempt is the failure of the group 6 7 · As for the optical disc drive described in item 6 of the scope of patent application, the control system instruction is further operated to: ’’ 1223795 ____d 號 91 loom η_-----—--— 六、申請專利範圍 決定該個或該等命令操作是否成功地放棄。 68·如申請專利範圍第63項所述之光碟機,其中,該組之 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 接收與追蹤誤記相關之資訊;以及 當違追縱誤記係位於一限制之外日^ 舍出该效能事件。 6 9·如申請專利範圍第6 3項戶斤述之光碟機’其中’該組之 控制糸統指令係進一步操作以· 接收與聚焦誤記相關之資訊;以及 當該聚焦誤記係位於一限制之外時,發出該效能事件。1223795 ____d No. 91 loom η _----------------- 6. Scope of Patent Application Decide whether the operation of the command or commands is successfully abandoned. 68. The optical disc drive described in item 63 of the scope of patent application, wherein the control system instructions of the group are further operated to: receive information related to tracking misrememberment; and when the violation of misreporting is outside of a limit ^ Round off the performance event. 6 9 · If the optical disc drive described in item 63 of the scope of the patent application 'wherein' the control system of this group of instructions is further operated to receive information related to focus misremembering; and when the focus misrememberment is located in a restricted When outside, the performance event is issued. 7 0·如申請專利範圍第6 3項所述之光碟機,其中,該組之 控制糸統指令係進一步操作以· 接收與讀取跳動相關之資訊;以及 當該讀取跳動係位於一限制之外時,發出該效能事件。 71·如申請專利範圍第6 3項所述之光碟機,其中,該組之 控制糸統指令係進一步操作以· 當接收到該效能事件時,動態地重新校正該光碟機。 7 2.如申請專利範圍第71項所述之光碟機,其中,該組之 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 決定該光碟機是否成功地重新校正。70. The optical disc drive described in item 63 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the control system instructions of this group are further operated to receive information related to read jitter; and when the read jitter is located at a limit When outside, the performance event is emitted. 71. The optical disc drive described in item 63 of the scope of patent application, wherein the control system instructions of the group are further operated to dynamically recalibrate the optical disc drive when the performance event is received. 7 2. The optical disc drive according to item 71 of the scope of patent application, wherein the control system instructions of the group are further operated to: determine whether the optical disc drive is successfully recalibrated. 7 3·如申睛專利範圍第7 2項所述之光碟機,其中,該組之 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 當重新校正該光碟機之該先前嘗試係成功時,增加重新 才父正遠光碟機之工作階層。 74·如申请專利範圍第7 3項戶斤述之光碟機,其中,該組之7 3. The optical disc drive as described in item 72 of Shenyan's patent scope, wherein the control system instructions of this group are further operated to: when the previous attempt to recalibrate the optical disc drive is successful, add a new one. Working class of the remote optical drive. 74. For the optical disc drive described in item 73 of the scope of patent application, of which the group 六、申請專利範圍 控制系統指令係進一步操作以: 決定重新校正該光碟機之工作 75. —種光碟機,其包括:作卩自層疋否耗盡。 一追蹤傳動裝置;以及 才日令,其操作以決定兮 中光學媒體之該非格式:件之日置被位置於該光碟機 76·如申請專利範圍第75項所氺虛以 · 指令,其操作以監控追蹤#制 ”,更包括· % ψ ψ ^ , 從控制工作,藉以決定該追蹤傳 f裝置被位置於該非格式化條件之時間。 ―7·兮^申請專利範圍第75項所述之光碟機,其中:用以決 蹤傳動裝置被位置於該光碟機中光學媒體之一格式 一:以外之日守間之该等指令係進一步操作以決定在一 預疋蛉間期間内是否偵測到追蹤良好或追蹤不良。 78乂 =申請專利範圍第76項所述之光碟機,更包括: 才曰令’其操作以產生該追蹤控制工作之/絕對值。 79乂 =申請專利範圍第78項所述之光碟機,更包括: 才曰々’其操作以過濾該追縱控制工作之該絕對值。 8 〇 ·如申請專利範圍第7 9項所述之光碟機,更包括: 一低通濾波裝置,用以過濾該追蹤控制工作之該絕對 值。 81 ·匕^申請專利範圍第8 〇項所述之光碟機,更包括·· 指令’其操作以決定該追縱控制工作之該絕對' 濾波數 值係位於—預定臨界數值以内。 82·如申請專利範圍第75項所述之光碟機,更包括·· 1223795 六'申請專利範圍 — 指令,其操作以在該追 數值以内時,指示一非故上控制工作並未位於該預定臨界 83. -種光碟機,其^式化條件。 —词服線程,其操作以 執行一命令之功能,\在该光碟機中之光學媒體上 覆寫入、表面具有凹陷之預^光學媒體係具有一無法重 入、表面具有溝槽之使用=區域及-能夠重覆寫 —〜動力中斷,其操作以監控及定=域’以及 等功能。 |工疋序而要執行該命令之該 84·和t申ΐ專利範圍第83項所述之光碟機,更包括. 條二:藉:以理::令 少下列要戈之·要求”中事件要求係包括至 =轉事件要求、以及一追蹤事件要求。’、、、事件要求、-•如申請專利範圍第以項所述之光碟機, 曰令,其操作以根據該要求事件,藉以產生一杜 中,該產生事件係包括至少下列事件之一 :一 其 聚焦事件、一追蹤一暫停事 件、 事件。 M及一命令放棄 86· t如申請專利範圍第84項所述之光碟機,更勺 指令,其操作以嘗試自該誤差條件中回復。匕· 87·如申請專利範圍第86項所述之光碟機,更勺 以決定該命::處,否完成,當該要求 件為一旋轉事件、一聚焦事件、或一追蹤事件時。 第118頁 1223795 -^號 91100910 年月 g_修正__ 六、申請專利範圍 8 8·如申請專利範圍第8 7項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令’其操作以在接收到該要求事件時,儲存該光碟機 之狀態; 指令,其操作以在自該誤差條件回復之該嘗試成功時, 恢復該光碟機之已儲存狀態;以及 指令,其操作以利用該光碟機之該已儲存狀態,繼續執 行該命令。 8 9·如申請專利範圍第8 3項所述之光碟機’更包栝· 指令,其操作以利用一伺服放棄命令,取代該命令。 9〇·如申請專利範圍第86項所述之光碟機,更包括^ 指令,其操作以決定自該誤差條件回復之該嘗試是 功。 91·如申請專利範圍第8 8項所述之光碟機’更包枯·、| 指令,其操作以在該命令完成時,產生一命令完成 件。 # 92· 一種光碟機,其係應用於光學媒體,其中,該光威 體係具有一無法重覆寫入、表面具有凹陷之預先掌控險: 及一能夠重覆寫入、表面具有溝槽之使用者可寫入隱威 其包括: 指令,其操作以根據該光碟機之效能,調整重新校玉^ 作之階層,其中,校正工作之該等階層係包括指令’ ” 操作以決定至少下列校正數值之一· 光學媒體參數; 伺服傳動裝置參數;6. Scope of patent application The control system instructions are further operated to: Decide to recalibrate the work of the optical disc drive 75.-A type of optical disc drive, which includes: whether it is self-leveling or not exhausted. A tracking drive; and a day order, whose operation determines the non-format of the optical media: the date of the item is placed on the optical disc drive 76. As indicated by the 75th patent application scope, its operation is to “Monitoring and tracking # 制”, also includes ·% ψ ψ ^, from the control work, to determine the time when the tracking device is located in the unformatted condition. ―7 · xi ^ The optical disc described in item 75 of the scope of patent applications Machine, in which: the tracking device is located in one of the optical media in the optical disc drive. Format one: these instructions outside the day of Moriyama are further operated to determine whether it is detected within a preview period. Good tracking or poor tracking. 78 乂 = The optical disc drive described in item 76 of the scope of patent application, including: Only the command 'its operation to produce the absolute value of the tracking control work. 79 乂 = item 78 of the scope of patent application The optical disc drive further includes: the operation of the optical disc drive to filter the absolute value of the tracking control work. 8 0. The optical disc drive described in item 79 of the scope of patent application, further includes: a low pass The wave device is used to filter the absolute value of the tracking control work. 81. The optical disc drive described in item 80 of the scope of patent application, further includes ... instructions for its operation to determine the absolute value of the tracking control work. 'The filtering value is within the predetermined threshold value. 82 · The optical disc drive described in item 75 of the scope of patent application, including ... · 1223795 VI'Patent scope of application—instruction, whose operation is to be within the tracking value, indicating A non-existent control task is not located at the predetermined threshold of 83.-A type of optical disc drive, which has a formalized condition.-A thread of threads, which operates to execute a command function, overwrites the optical media in the optical disc drive The pre-written optical media with writing and pits on the surface has a function that cannot be re-entrant and has grooves on the surface = area and-can be rewritten-~ power interruption, its operation to monitor and determine = domains, and other functions. | In order to implement the order, the disc drive described in item 83 of the patent application scope of the 84 and t patents, and more. Article 2: By: Daniel :: The following requirements are required: Event requirements include = Turn event requires, as well as a track event requirements. ',,, event requirements,-• The optical disc drive described in item 1 of the scope of patent application, said that it operates to generate an event according to the request event, the generation event includes at least one of the following events: One focus event, one track one pause event, event. M and a command to abandon 86. The disc drive described in item 84 of the scope of patent application, more instructions, its operation to try to recover from this error condition. 87. The optical disc drive described in item 86 of the scope of patent application, it is more important to determine the destiny :: processing, whether to complete, when the requirement is a rotation event, a focus event, or a tracking event. Page 118 1223795-^ No. 91100910 g_correction__ VI. Patent application scope 8 8 · The optical disc drive described in item 8 of the patent application scope 8 and 7 further includes: Instruction 'its operation to receive the request In the event, the state of the optical disc drive is stored; instructions to operate to restore the stored state of the optical disc drive when the attempt to recover from the error condition is successful; and instructions to operate to utilize the stored state of the optical disc drive Status, continue to execute the command. 8 9 · The optical disc drive 'described in item 83 of the scope of patent application includes more instructions. Its operation is to use a servo to give up the command instead of the command. 90. The optical disc drive described in item 86 of the scope of patent application, further includes a ^ instruction, which operates to determine the success of the attempt from the error condition. 91. The optical disc drive 'described in item 88 of the scope of the patent application includes more instructions. Its operation is to generate a command completion when the command is completed. # 92 · An optical disc drive, which is applied to optical media, wherein the optical power system has a pre-control risk that cannot be repeatedly written and the surface has a depression: and a use that can be repeatedly written and has a groove on the surface The author can write Yinwei which includes: instructions that operate to adjust the levels of recalibration according to the performance of the optical disc drive, wherein the levels of correction work include instructions '' operation to determine at least the following correction values One · Optical media parameters; Servo drive parameters; /95 -、申請專利範 :凹痕濾波裝置之一凹 二聚焦傳動裝置偏移; 一,蹤傳動裝置偏移; t焦控制迴路增益; 追蹤控制迴路增益。 • $申請專利範圍第92 94·曰:申i!作以儲存該 申明專利範圍第9 2 :令,其操作以決定該 曰々,其彳呆作以產生各 ^令,其操作以存取該 該等區域。 5 ·如申凊專利範圍第9 3 私7 ,其操作以根據該 焦控制迴路增益。 9 6 ·如申請專利範圍第9 2 指令,其操作以根據該 蹤控制迴路增益。 主月曰 修正 痕頻率; 以及 項所述之光碟機,更包括: 等校正數值。 項所述之光碟機,更包括: 光學媒體上之複數區域; 個區域之一區域校正表格;以及 區域校正表格,其對應於至少一 項所述之光碟機,更包括: 等儲存校正數值,藉以調整該聚 項所述之光碟機,更包括: 等儲存权正數值,藉以調整該追 9 7、如申請專利範圍第92項所述之光碟機, 指令’其操作以維持於一調整增益狀離, 更包括: 直到追蹤關 98\如申請f利範圍第92項所述之光碟機, 指令’其操作以增加該重新校正階層,卷 碟機之一先前嘗試係未能成功時。 田 更包括: 重新校正該光/ 95-Patent application range: one of the dent filter device is concave and the second focus transmission device is offset; one, the tracking transmission device is offset; t focus control loop gain; tracking control loop gain. • $ Applicable patent scope No. 92 94 · Yue: Apply i! To store the stated patent scope No. 92: Order, its operation to determine the name, its action to generate each order, its operation to access The areas. 5 · As claimed in Patent Application No. 9 3 Private 7, it operates to control the gain of the loop according to the focus. 9 6 · If the patent application No. 92 instruction, it operates to control the loop gain based on this trace. The correction date of the main month; and the optical disc drive described in the item, further including: and other correction values. The optical disc drive described in the above item further includes: a plurality of areas on the optical medium; an area correction table of one of the areas; and an area correction table corresponding to the optical disc drive described in at least one item, further including: storing correction values, etc. The adjustment of the optical disc drive described in the item further includes: waiting for the positive value of the storage right to adjust the chase 9 7. The optical disc drive described in item 92 of the scope of patent application, instructing its operation to maintain an adjustment gain The state of departure also includes: Until the tracking level 98 \ The optical disc drive described in the application of the profit range item 92, instructs its operation to increase the recalibration level, when one of the previous attempts of the disc drive fails. Tian also includes: recalibrating the light 1223795 、申請專利範圍 一修正 曰 ΜΜ 9ΐιηηοι^ 六 99·如申μ專利範圍第93項 指令,其操作以決定望之之光碟機,更包括: 盡。 μ 4重新校正工作階層是否已經耗 100· 一種光碟機,复倍 媒體係具有一無法重覆'寫&入用於光學媒體,其中,該光學 域及一能夠重覆寫入、本 表面具有凹陷之預先掌控區 ^ ^ φ具*有溝槽夕你#宜入庶 取 7 六D付 · 八〜β V — — 指令,其#作以決定一傳 陷及溝槽區域之位置。 勒波置手臂相對於該等具有凹 101指令如,申以=圍第1 ° °項所述之光碟機,更包括: 態,當追縱或聚焦未:動:理=::止,)閒置狀 (PSA )之嘗試。 ,又有任何讀取物理區段位址 102.如申請專利範圍第1〇1項所述之光碟 . 指令,其操作以由該物理區段位址(ps 0 · 換至一物理區段位址(PSA)起動狀態,當追m禮轉 1 0 3.如申請專利範圍第1 0 0項所述之光碟機,更勹時.。 指令,其操作以進入一物理區段位址(PSA ) \ · 態,當物理區段位址(PSA )係可以在聚焦及追踏=狀 動時讀取。 同時起 如曱峋專利範圍第1 0 0項所述之光碟機,更包 令,其操作以中止取得中斷及旗標,藉以指括· 取物理區段位址(PSA) 。 /、並未讀 如申請專利範圍第1 0 0項所述之光碟機,更包括· 10 4·如申請專利範圍第1 〇 〇項所述之光碟機,更包 4曰々,其知作以中止取得中斷及旗標,藉以指厂、 105 第121買 12237951223795, the scope of the patent application, one amendment, MM 9ΐιηηοι ^ VI 99. Rushen μ patent scope of the 93rd instruction, its operation to determine the desired optical disc drive, including: Exhaust. μ 4 recalibrates whether the working class has consumed 100. An optical disc drive, a duplicate media system has an irreversible 'write & access to optical media, where the optical domain and a repeatable write, the surface has The pre-control area of the depression ^ ^ φ 具 * 有 槽 夕 你 # You should enter 7 to get 6 D pay · 8 ~ β V — — instructions, whose # is used to determine the position of a trap and groove area. With respect to the optical disc drive described in the item with a concave 101 command, such as Lei Zhizhi ’s arm, Lebo ’s arm also includes: state, when chasing or focusing is not active: action: reason = :: stop,) Attempt (PSA). , There is any read physical sector address 102. The optical disc as described in the scope of patent application No. 101 instruction, its operation is to change the physical sector address (ps 0 · to a physical sector address (PSA ) Starting state, when the chase turns to 10 3. The optical disc drive as described in item 100 of the patent application range, even more time ... instruction, its operation to enter a physical sector address (PSA) \ · state , When the physical sector address (PSA) can be read during focusing and chasing. At the same time, the optical disc drive as described in the patent scope of item 100, moreover, it is ordered to stop its operation. Interrupts and flags to refer to · Get the physical sector address (PSA). / 、 Did not read the optical disc drive as described in item 100 of the patent application scope, including · 10 4 · as the first patent application scope The optical disc drive mentioned in the item 〇〇, more than 4 yuan, it is known as the suspension to obtain interrupts and flags, which means the factory, 105, 121, 1223795 曰 A 指令’其操"择以起動物理區段位址(PSA)取得。 1〇\如申請專利範圍第105項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令,操作以讀取該等物理區段位址(PSA )。 107=如申請專利範圍第1〇〇項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令,其操作以重新嘗試取得一物理區段位址 ) ¥ 5亥物理區段位址(PSA )無法於一預定時間期 間内讀取時。 / 1/8·如申請專利範圍第1〇〇項所述之光碟機,其中,操作 括重1 i试取得該物理區段位址(psa )之該等指令係包 L 2令,其進一步操作以在適於具有凹陷區域之控制系 "又疋及適於具有溝槽區域之控制系統設定間跳動。 如申請專利範圍第1〇〇項所述之光碟機,更包括: 離ϊ令1其操作以監控在一物理區段位址(PSA)鎖定狀 =之最近一個讀取物理區段位址(PSA );以及 (ρ指令’其操作以重新嘗試取得一新物理區段位址 f A ),若在一暫停期間過期前尚未讀取到一 +又位址(PSA )。 1 ^八如申請專利範圍第1 00項所述之光碟機,更包括: 二,,其操作以預測該目前物理區段位址(PSA )、並 :定該傳動裝置手臂是否接近該光學媒體上之最後一個軌 11於A如申請專利範圍第100項所述之光碟機,更包括: 二t,其操作以讀取一物理區段位址(PsA );以及 心7 ’其細作以決定該傳動裝置手臂是否係位於該光學Said A instruction 'its operation' is selected to start the physical sector address (PSA). 1〇 \ The optical disc drive described in item 105 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to read the physical sector address (PSA). 107 = The optical disc drive described in item 100 of the scope of patent application, further including: an instruction that operates to retry to obtain a physical sector address) ¥ 5 The physical sector address (PSA) cannot be reached within a predetermined time period When reading. / 1/8 · The optical disc drive as described in Item 100 of the scope of patent application, wherein the operations including 1 i try to obtain the physical sector address (psa) are instructions of L 2 order, which further operations To jump between control systems suitable for having recessed areas and control system settings suitable for having grooved areas. The optical disc drive described in the scope of patent application No. 100, further includes: a remote command 1 which operates to monitor a physical sector address (PSA) lock status = the latest read physical sector address (PSA) ; And (ρ instruction 'its operation to retry to obtain a new physical sector address f A), if a ++ address (PSA) has not been read before a pause period expires. 1 ^ The optical disc drive described in item 100 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: 2. Its operation is to predict the current physical sector address (PSA), and determine whether the arm of the transmission device is close to the optical medium. The last track 11 in A is the optical disc drive described in Item 100 of the scope of patent application, and further includes: two t, which operate to read a physical sector address (PsA); and the heart 7 'its detailed work to determine the drive Whether the device arm is located on the optical 1223795 _案豫 911Π0910 年月曰_修正 六、申請專利範圍 媒體上最後二'^固執道之一預定距離内。 112·如申請專利範圍第10〇項所述之光碟機,更 指令’其操作以移動該傳動裝置手臂遠離該光 最後一個執道,若該傳動裝置手臂係位於該光學 後一個軌道之一預定距離内。 113· 一種光碟機,其係應用於光學媒體,其中 媒體係具有一無法重覆寫入、表面具有凹陷之預 域及一能夠重覆寫入、表面具有溝槽之使用者可 域,其包括: 指令’其操作以決定一光學擷取單元是否位於 體之該預先掌控區域或該可寫入區域上方。 114·如申請專利範圍第11 3項所述之光碟機,更 指令’其操作以控制由一追縱閒置狀態至一追 悲之轉換’當接收到一追縱開起伺服命令時。 115·如申請專利範圍第i丨3項所述之光碟機,更 指令’其操作以進入一追蹤非法狀態,若聚焦 動。 116·如申請專利範圍第π 3項所述之光碟機,更 指令’其操作以開起及關閉追蹤;以及 指令’其操作以控制在該光學媒體上之跳動轨 117·如申請專利範圍第丨1 4項所述之光碟機,更 指令,其操作以根據一光學擷取單元是否位於 體之該預先掌控區域或該可寫入區域上,藉以選 包括: 學媒體上 媒體上最 ,該光學 先掌控區 寫區 該光學媒 包括: 蹤開起狀 包括: 尚未起 包括: 道。 包括: 該光學媒 澤增益及 1223795 曰 案號 91100910 修正 六、申請專利範圍 一 --- 118. 如申請專利範圍第U4項所述之光碟機,其中,操 以決定該光學指員取單元是否位&該光學媒冑上該預先掌控 區域或該可寫入區域之該等指令係包括· 指令,其操作以量測一追蹤誤差作 π L琥之峰值與峰值間振 幅。 119. 如申請專利範圍第114項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令:ii桑作以延遲轉換至—追蹤起動狀態,藉以允許 控制糸統參數起始化之時間。 τ 120. 如申請專利範圍第114項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令’其操作以決定該等追蹤功能之狀態。 121. 如申請專利範圍第118項所述之光碟二,更包括: 指令,其操作以控制在該光學媒體上跳動一單一轨道。 122. 如申請專利範圍第118項所述之光碟機,其中,操作 以在该光學媒體上控制跳動軌道之該等指令係至少包括下 列指令之一: 才曰令’其操作以在該光學媒體上控制跳動複數軌道; 才曰令’其操作以在該光學媒體上控制跳動一單一軌道; 指令’其操作以於該光學媒體之每特定數目旋轉,控制 跳動一特定數目之軌道;以及 指令’其操作以前向或後向地控制跳動。 123·如申請專利範圍第11 8項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令’其操作以在跳動軌道時,中止該光學媒體之讀取 及寫入。 124·如申請專利範圍第11 8項所述之光碟機,更包括:1223795 _ Case Yu 911Π0910 said in March _ Amendment 6. Scope of patent application Within the predetermined distance of one of the last two 'stubborn roads in the media. 112 · As for the optical disc drive described in Item 10 of the scope of patent application, it further instructs its operation to move the transmission device arm away from the last path of the light, if the transmission device arm is located in one of the following optical tracks, it is scheduled Within distance. 113 · An optical disc drive, which is applied to optical media, wherein the media has a pre-domain that cannot be repeatedly written, the surface has a depression, and a user-domain that can be repeatedly written, and has a groove on the surface, including: : Instruction 'its operation to determine whether an optical capture unit is located above the pre-controlled area or the writable area of the body. 114. The optical disc drive described in item 113 of the scope of patent application, further instructs its operation to control the transition from a chase idle state to a chase track when a chase start servo command is received. 115. According to the optical disc drive described in item i 丨 3 of the scope of patent application, it also instructs its operation to enter a tracking illegal state, if the focus is moved. 116 · As for the optical disc drive described in item π 3 of the scope of patent application, it also instructs its operation to turn on and off tracking; and it instructs its operation to control the jumping track on the optical medium. 117 ·丨 14 The optical disc drive described in item 4, further instructions, its operation is based on whether an optical capture unit is located in the pre-controlled area or the writable area of the body, so that the selection includes: learning the media on the media, the The optical first control area write area The optical medium includes: Traceability includes: Not yet included: Road. Including: The optical media gain and 1223795 case number 91100910 Amendment VI. Patent application scope 1-118. The optical disc drive described in item U4 of the patent application scope, wherein the operation is to determine whether the optical finger picking unit is The & instructions on the pre-controlled area or the writable area on the optical media include instructions that operate to measure a tracking error as the peak-to-peak amplitude of π L Hu. 119. The optical disc drive described in item 114 of the scope of patent application, further includes: Instruction: ii The operation is delayed to-track the start state, thereby allowing to control the time when the system parameters are initialized. τ 120. The optical disc drive described in item 114 of the scope of patent application, further includes: Instructing its operation to determine the status of these tracking functions. 121. The second disc described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, further includes: an instruction that operates to control a single track on the optical medium. 122. The optical disc drive described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, wherein the instructions for operating to control a beating track on the optical medium include at least one of the following instructions: 'It is operated to operate on the optical medium To control the beating of plural orbits; to command 'its operation to control the beating of a single track on the optical medium; to instruct' its operation to rotate each specific number of the optical medium to control the beating of a specific number of tracks; Its operation controls the beating forward or backward. 123. The optical disc drive described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction 'its operation to stop reading and writing of the optical medium when the track is jumped. 124. The optical disc drive described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, further including: 第124頁 1223795 案號 91100910 六、申請專利範圍 才曰令’其操作以控制一自動回跳功能。 12 5·如申請專利範圍第1 1 8項所述之光碟機,其中,控制 跳動之參數係至少包括下列參數之一:跳動類型、跳動軌 道之數目、軌道跳動間之時間延遲、跳動間該光學媒體之 旋轉數目、以及該光學媒體之讀取及寫入是否不安全。 12 6·如申請專利範圍第1 1 4項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令,其操作以產生一追蹤傳動裝置手臂之— 值,其中,該偏壓數值係可以用來提供一低 作(TCE)及處理高頻追蹤控制工作(TCE)—。、、蹤抆制工 127·如申請專利範圍第118項所述之光碟機, 挪指ί i其操作:產生一轨道跳動是否成功之 不良軌道 更包括: ,/、中,該狀態係指示至少下列狀態之一 怨才曰 不良跳動、良好軌道、及良好跳動。 128·如申請專利範圍第1 18項所述之光碟機 指令,其操作以執行長期搜尋。 〃 129·如申請專利範圍第128項所述之光碟她 指令,其操作以預測一追蹤傳動裝年' _ i更包括: 搜尋結束時,位置於該預先掌控區域或該^否在該長期 方、並載入對應於媒體類型之校正參了冩入區域上 動裝置手臂係位於該長期搜尋結束時。“中,該追蹤傳 13°指令如,申Λ專第128項所述之光碟機,更〜 、知7 ,其刼作以等待直到執行該長 更包括: 過期’藉以設定一不良搜尋指標 =之-時間期 或完成。 不该長期搜尋已失^ 1223795 _案號91100910_年月日__ 六、申請專利範圍 131. 如申請專利範圍第1 1 4項所述之光碟機,更包括: 指令,其操作以定位一光學擷取單元於包括欲取得軌道 之該光學媒體之一區域上方。 13 2, —種在一光碟機中控制聚焦之系統,其係應用於具 有一無法重覆寫入之預先掌控區域及一能夠重覆寫入之使 用者可寫入區域之光學媒體,其包括: 指令,其操作以開起及關閉聚焦;以及 指令,其操作以在該光學媒體上取得聚焦。Page 124 1223795 Case No. 91100910 VI. Scope of Patent Application Only the command is used to control an automatic jump-back function. 12 5. The optical disc drive described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, wherein the parameters for controlling the beating include at least one of the following parameters: beating type, number of beating tracks, time delay between beating tracks, beating between The number of rotations of the optical medium, and whether the reading and writing of the optical medium is unsafe. 12 6. The optical disc drive described in item 114 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to generate a value of the arm of the tracking actuator, wherein the bias value can be used to provide a low operating (TCE) and processing high frequency tracking control work (TCE) —. 、 Tracker 127 · As the optical disc drive described in item 118 of the scope of the patent application, it refers to the operation: whether a bad track that produces a track bounce is successful or not includes: ,,,, and, the status indicates at least One of the following states is complaining about bad beating, good track, and good beating. 128. The optical disc drive instruction as described in item 118 of the scope of patent application, which operates to perform a long-term search. 〃 129. According to the CD-ROM instruction described in item 128 of the scope of the patent application, its operation is to predict a tracking transmission assembly year. _ I further includes: at the end of the search, the location is in the pre-control area or the ^ , And load the correction corresponding to the media type into the input area. Move the device arm at the end of the long search. "Medium, the tracking pass 13 ° instruction, such as the optical disc drive described in item 128 of Shen Λ, more ~, know 7, its operation to wait until the execution of this long include:" Expired "to set a bad search index = -The time period or completion. The long search should not be lost ^ 1223795 _ Case No. 91100910_ year month date __ Sixth, the scope of patent application 131. The optical disc drive described in the scope of patent application No. 114, including: Instruction, which operates to position an optical capture unit over an area of the optical medium including the track to be acquired. 13 2, a system for controlling focus in an optical disc drive, which is used to have an A pre-controlled area and an optical medium capable of being repeatedly written by a user-writable area, including: an instruction to operate to turn focus on and off; and an instruction to operate to obtain focus on the optical medium . 13 3.如申請專利範圍第1 3 2項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以接收取得聚焦之一命令。 134. 如申請專利範圍第1 32項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以將一傳動裝置手臂由該光學媒體推升至 一預定位置。 13 5.如申請專利範圍第1 3 2項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以將一傳動裝置手臂向該光學媒體推升, 直到一狀態指標係表示聚焦係關閉。 136. 如申請專利範圍第1 35項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以決定一聚焦誤差信號之整合性。13 3. The system described in item 132 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction that operates to receive a command to obtain focus. 134. The system described in item 128 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: instructions for operating to push a transmission arm from the optical medium to a predetermined position. 13 5. The system described in item 132 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to push a transmission arm toward the optical medium until a state indicator indicates that the focusing system is closed. 136. The system described in item 1 35 of the scope of patent application, further includes: an instruction that operates to determine the integration of a focus error signal. 137. 如申請專利範圍第136項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以重新嘗試取得聚焦,若該聚焦誤差信號 係指示一不良聚焦狀態。 138. 如申請專利範圍第1 35項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以在滿足至少下列條件之一時,關閉聚 焦:(1 )目前狀態係一斜坡聚焦取得狀態且最大斜坡位137. The system according to item 136 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to retry to obtain focus if the focus error signal indicates a poor focus state. 138. The system described in item No. 1 35 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to close the focus when at least one of the following conditions is met: (1) the current state is a slope focus acquisition state and the maximum slope position 第126頁 1223795 _案號 91100910_年月日__ 六、申請專利範圍 置係已達到;(2 )目前狀態係一聚焦推動重試狀態,且 最佳推離數值係大於或等於一額定推離數值之一預定比 例;以及(3 ) —聚焦問題係發生於一聚焦起動狀態時。 139. 如申請專利範圍第1 35項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以在欲關閉聚焦時,發出一聚焦事件。 14 0.如申請專利範圍第1 3 5項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以根據一正弦斜坡函數定位一傳動裝置手 臂,藉以避免在該傳動裝置手臂中激起共振。 141.如申請專利範圍第1 4 0項所述之系統,更包括: 指令,其操作以在定位該傳動裝置手臂時,調整所使用 的推離力量之大小。Page 126 1223795 _ Case No. 91100910 _ year month day __ VI. The scope of patent application has been reached; (2) The current state is a focused push retry state, and the best push away value is greater than or equal to a rated push A predetermined proportion of the outliers; and (3)-the focus problem occurs when a focus is activated. 139. The system described in item 1 35 of the scope of patent application further includes: an instruction that operates to issue a focus event when the focus is to be turned off. 14 0. The system as described in item 135 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to locate a transmission arm according to a sinusoidal ramp function, thereby avoiding resonance in the transmission arm. 141. The system described in item 140 of the scope of patent application, further comprising: an instruction to operate to adjust the amount of pushing force used when positioning the arm of the transmission device. 第127頁Chapter 127
TW91100910A 2001-01-25 2002-01-21 System and method for controlling an optical disc drive TWI223795B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26435101P 2001-01-25 2001-01-25
US09/951,947 US6963524B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2001-09-10 System and method for controlling interrupts in a control system for an optical disc drive
US09/951,337 US6885620B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2001-09-10 System and method for recovering from performance errors in an optical disc drive
US09/951,329 US6958963B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2001-09-10 System and method for handling events in an optical disc drive
US09/951,469 US7038988B2 (en) 2001-01-25 2001-09-10 System and method for controlling time critical operations in a control system for an optical disc drive

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI223795B true TWI223795B (en) 2004-11-11

Family

ID=34577925

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW91100910A TWI223795B (en) 2001-01-25 2002-01-21 System and method for controlling an optical disc drive

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI223795B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI405198B (en) * 2008-11-12 2013-08-11 Mediatek Inc Data read-out system and method for current reduction
CN118838248A (en) * 2024-06-26 2024-10-25 上海大学 Grinding wheel swept body generation method for composite grinding center processing collision detection, electronic equipment and storage medium

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI405198B (en) * 2008-11-12 2013-08-11 Mediatek Inc Data read-out system and method for current reduction
CN118838248A (en) * 2024-06-26 2024-10-25 上海大学 Grinding wheel swept body generation method for composite grinding center processing collision detection, electronic equipment and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW385437B (en) Analog to digital converter and assembly for use in servo control of optical drive system and improved servo control system relating thereto
US6741529B1 (en) Method and apparatus for moving carriage assembly from initial position to target position and optical disc system including same
TWI223795B (en) System and method for controlling an optical disc drive
US6741530B2 (en) Time critical and non-time critical tasks control system for an optical disk using first and second processors
US7038988B2 (en) System and method for controlling time critical operations in a control system for an optical disc drive
US6977873B2 (en) System and method to adjust the level of re-calibration effort based on disc drive performance
US7057983B2 (en) System and method for controlling tracking and seeking in an optical disc drive
US6885620B2 (en) System and method for recovering from performance errors in an optical disc drive
US7116621B2 (en) System and method for handling commands in an optical disc drive
TWI354275B (en) Random access control method and optical disc
US7095685B2 (en) System and method for detecting and recovering from an off-format state in an optical disc drive
TWI263994B (en) Method for controlling a focus-OK signal
US6963524B2 (en) System and method for controlling interrupts in a control system for an optical disc drive
US6958963B2 (en) System and method for handling events in an optical disc drive
JP2708244B2 (en) Optical disk drive
US20020145955A1 (en) System and method for controlling focus in an optical disc drive
TWI361428B (en) Method and apparatus for controlling reproduction speed of an optical disk
CN100447872C (en) Optical disc device and access control method for the optical disc device
TW201220306A (en) Method and system for processing information from optical disk layers
JP5433441B2 (en) Optical pickup
JP3521426B2 (en) Optical disk drive
CN1259657C (en) Method and device for preventing objective lens from scratching disk during focusing process
US20020131354A1 (en) System and method for controlling laser power in an optical disc drive
JPH0237586A (en) Seeking device for optical disk
CN100470642C (en) Method for controlling movement of sled structure of optical drive

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees